300
HP LaserJet M5025/M5035 MFP User Guide

HP LaserJet M5025/M5035 MFP - CNET Contentcdn.cnetcontent.com/33/d8/33d803df-894b-47d6-b3ad... · HP LaserJet M5025/M5035 MFP User Guide. ... Initial Setup menu ... Print multiple

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

HP LaserJet M5025/M5035 MFP User Guide

HP LaserJet M5025 and HP LaserJet M5035Series MFP

User Guide

Copyright and License

© 2006 Copyright Hewlett-PackardDevelopment Company, L.P.

Reproduction, adaptation, or translationwithout prior written permission is prohibited,except as allowed under the copyright laws.

The information contained herein is subjectto change without notice.

The only warranties for HP products andservices are set forth in the express warrantystatements accompanying such productsand services. Nothing herein should beconstrued as constituting an additionalwarranty. HP shall not be liable for technicalor editorial errors or omissions containedherein.

Part number: Q7829-90925

Edition 2, 6/2009

Trademark Credits

Adobe®, Acrobat®, and PostScript® aretrademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Linux is a U.S. registered trademark of LinusTorvalds.

Microsoft®, Windows®, and Windows NT®

are U.S. registered trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation.

UNIX® is a registered trademark of The OpenGroup.

ENERGY STAR® and the ENERGY STARlogo® are U.S. registered marks of the UnitedStates Environmental Protection Agency.

Table of contents

1 BasicsDevice comparison ............................................................................................................................... 2Features comparison ............................................................................................................................ 3Walkaround .......................................................................................................................................... 5

Device parts ......................................................................................................................... 5Interface ports ...................................................................................................................... 8

Device software .................................................................................................................................... 9Supported operating systems .............................................................................................. 9Supported printer drivers ..................................................................................................... 9Select the correct printer driver .......................................................................................... 10

Universal printer drivers .................................................................................... 10Driver Autoconfiguration .................................................................................... 10Update Now ...................................................................................................... 11HP Driver Preconfiguration ............................................................................... 11

Priority for print settings ..................................................................................................... 11Open the printer drivers ..................................................................................................... 12Software for Macintosh computers .................................................................................... 13

Remove software from Macintosh operating systems ...................................... 13Utilities ............................................................................................................................... 14

HP Web Jetadmin ............................................................................................. 14Embedded Web server ..................................................................................... 14HP Easy Printer Care software ......................................................................... 15

Supported operating systems ........................................................... 15Supported browsers ......................................................................... 15

Other components and utilities .......................................................................... 15

2 Control panelUse the control panel ......................................................................................................................... 18

Control-panel layout ........................................................................................................... 18Home screen ..................................................................................................................... 19Buttons on the touchscreen ............................................................................................... 20Control-panel help system ................................................................................................. 20

Use the Administration menu ............................................................................................................. 21Navigate the Administration menu ..................................................................................... 21Information menu ............................................................................................................... 22Default Job Options menu ................................................................................................. 23

Default Options for Originals ............................................................................. 23Default Copy Options ........................................................................................ 24Default Fax Options .......................................................................................... 25

ENWW iii

Default E-mail Options ...................................................................................... 26Default Send to Folder Options ......................................................................... 27Default Print Options ......................................................................................... 28

Time/Scheduling menu ...................................................................................................... 29Management menu ............................................................................................................ 31Initial Setup menu .............................................................................................................. 32

Networking and I/O ........................................................................................... 32Fax Setup .......................................................................................................... 40E-mail Setup ...................................................................................................... 43Send Setup menu ............................................................................................. 43

Device Behavior menu ....................................................................................................... 44Print Quality menu ............................................................................................................. 48Troubleshooting menu ....................................................................................................... 50Resets menu ...................................................................................................................... 54Service menu ..................................................................................................................... 54

3 I/O ConfigurationUSB configuration .............................................................................................................................. 56Network configuration ......................................................................................................................... 57

Configure TCP/IPv4 parameters ........................................................................................ 57Set an IP address .............................................................................................. 57Set the subnet mask ......................................................................................... 58Set the default gateway ..................................................................................... 58

Configure TCP/IPv6 parameters ........................................................................................ 59Disable network protocols (optional) .................................................................................. 59

Disable IPX/SPX ............................................................................................... 59Disable AppleTalk ............................................................................................. 60Disable DLC/LLC .............................................................................................. 60

HP Jetdirect EIO print servers ........................................................................................... 60

4 Media and traysGeneral guidelines for media ............................................................................................................. 62

Paper to avoid .................................................................................................................... 62Paper that can damage the device .................................................................................... 62General media specifications ............................................................................................. 63

Considerations for special media ....................................................................................................... 64Select the correct fuser mode ............................................................................................ 67

Select print media ............................................................................................................................... 68Automatic size-sensing ...................................................................................................... 68Supported media weights and sizes .................................................................................. 69

Printing and paper-storage environment ............................................................................................ 72Load media into the input trays .......................................................................................................... 73

Load tray 1 (multipurpose tray) .......................................................................................... 73Customize tray 1 operation ................................................................................................ 75Load trays 2 and 3 (and optional trays 4, 5, and 6) .......................................................... 76Load special media ............................................................................................................ 78

Load documents for faxing, copying, and scanning ........................................................................... 79Load a document onto the scanner glass .......................................................................... 79Load the automatic document feeder (ADF) ...................................................................... 81

Print on rotated media ....................................................................................................................... 83

iv ENWW

Print full-bleed images ....................................................................................................................... 84Print on custom-size media ............................................................................................................... 85

Guidelines for printing on custom-size paper .................................................................... 85Set custom paper sizes ..................................................................................................... 85Load custom-size media into tray 1 ................................................................................... 86Load custom-size media into trays 2 and 3 (and optional trays 4, 5, and 6) ..................... 86

Control print jobs ................................................................................................................................ 88

5 Device featuresUse the stapler ................................................................................................................................... 90

Load staples ...................................................................................................................... 91Staple media ...................................................................................................................... 93

Use job storage features .................................................................................................................... 95Gain access to the job storage features ............................................................................ 95Use the proof and hold feature .......................................................................................... 96

Create a proof and hold job ............................................................................... 96Print the remaining copies of a proof and hold job ............................................ 96Delete a proof and hold job ............................................................................... 96

Use the private job feature ................................................................................................. 97Create a private job ........................................................................................... 97Print a private job .............................................................................................. 97Delete a private job ........................................................................................... 97

Use the QuickCopy feature ................................................................................................ 98Create a QuickCopy job .................................................................................... 98Print additional copies of a QuickCopy job ........................................................ 98Delete a QuickCopy job .................................................................................... 98

Use the stored job feature ................................................................................................. 99Create a stored copy job ................................................................................... 99Create a stored print job .................................................................................... 99Print a stored job ............................................................................................. 100Delete a stored job .......................................................................................... 100

6 Printing tasksUse features in the Windows printer driver ...................................................................................... 102

Create and use quick sets ............................................................................................... 102Use watermarks ............................................................................................................... 103Resize documents ........................................................................................................... 103Set a custom paper size from the printer driver ............................................................... 104Use different paper and printing covers ........................................................................... 104Print a blank first page ..................................................................................................... 104Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper ..................................................................... 105Print on both sides of the paper ....................................................................................... 106

Use automatic duplex printing ......................................................................... 106Print on both sides manually ........................................................................... 107Layout options for printing on both sides ........................................................ 107

Use the Services tab ........................................................................................................ 108Use features in the Macintosh printer driver ..................................................................................... 109

Create and use presets ................................................................................................... 109Print a cover page ............................................................................................................ 110Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper ..................................................................... 110

ENWW v

Print on both sides of the paper ....................................................................................... 111Cancel a print job ............................................................................................................................. 112

Stop the current print job from the control panel .............................................................. 112Stop the current print job from the software program ...................................................... 112

7 CopyUse the Copy screen ........................................................................................................................ 114Set the default copy options ............................................................................................................. 115Basic copy instructions ..................................................................................................................... 116

Copy from the scanner glass ........................................................................................... 116Copy from the document feeder ...................................................................................... 116

Adjust the copy settings ................................................................................................................... 117Change the copy-collation setting .................................................................................................... 118Copy two-sided documents .............................................................................................................. 119

Copying two-sided documents manually ......................................................................... 119Copy two-sided documents automatically (duplex models only) ..................................... 119

Copy mixed-size originals ................................................................................................................ 121Copy photos and books .................................................................................................................... 122Combine copy jobs by using Job Build ............................................................................................. 123Cancel a copy job ............................................................................................................................. 124

8 Scan and send e-mailConfigure e-mail settings .................................................................................................................. 126

Supported protocols ......................................................................................................... 126Configure e-mail server settings ...................................................................................... 126Find gateways .................................................................................................................. 127

Find the SMTP gateway from the device control panel ................................... 127Find the SMTP gateway from an e-mail program ........................................... 127

Use the Send E-mail screen ............................................................................................................. 128Perform basic e-mail functions ......................................................................................................... 129

Load documents .............................................................................................................. 129Send documents .............................................................................................................. 130

Send a document ............................................................................................ 130Use the auto-complete function ...................................................................... 130

Use the address book ...................................................................................................................... 131Create a recipient list ....................................................................................................... 131Use the local address book ............................................................................................. 132

Add e-mail addresses to the local address book ............................................ 132Delete e-mail addresses from the local address book .................................... 132

Change e-mail settings for the current job ....................................................................................... 133Scan to a folder ................................................................................................................................ 134Scan to a workflow destination ......................................................................................................... 134

9 FaxAnalog fax ........................................................................................................................................ 136

Install the fax accessory .................................................................................................. 136Connect the fax accessory to a phone line ...................................................................... 140Configure and use the fax features .................................................................................. 140

Digital fax .......................................................................................................................................... 141

vi ENWW

10 Manage and maintain the deviceUse information pages ..................................................................................................................... 144Configure e-mail alerts ..................................................................................................................... 146Use the HP Easy Printer Care software ........................................................................................... 147

Open the HP Easy Printer Care software ........................................................................ 147HP Easy Printer Care software sections .......................................................................... 148

Use the embedded Web server ........................................................................................................ 149Open the embedded Web server by using a network connection ................................... 149Embedded Web server sections ...................................................................................... 150

Use HP Web Jetadmin software ...................................................................................................... 152Use the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh ........................................................................................... 153

Open the HP Printer Utility ............................................................................................... 153HP Printer Utility features ................................................................................................ 154

Manage supplies .............................................................................................................................. 155Supplies life ..................................................................................................................... 155Approximate print-cartridge replacement intervals .......................................................... 155Manage the print cartridge ............................................................................................... 155

Print-cartridge storage ..................................................................................... 155Use genuine HP print cartridges ..................................................................... 155HP policy on non-HP print cartridges .............................................................. 155Print-cartridge authentication .......................................................................... 156HP fraud hotline and Web site ........................................................................ 156

Replace supplies and parts .............................................................................................................. 157Supply replacement guidelines ........................................................................................ 157Change the print cartridge ............................................................................................... 157Perform preventive maintenance ..................................................................................... 160

Preventive maintenance for the print engine .................................................. 160The ADF maintenance kit ................................................................................ 160

Clean the device ............................................................................................................................... 161Clean the exterior ............................................................................................................ 161Clean the scanner glass .................................................................................................. 161Clean the scanner lid backing .......................................................................................... 162Clean the ADF ................................................................................................................. 163Clean the paper path ....................................................................................................... 164

Calibrate the scanner ....................................................................................................................... 165

11 Problem solvingProblem-solving checklist ................................................................................................................. 168

Factors that affect performance ....................................................................................... 168Problem-solving flowchart ................................................................................................................ 169Solve general printing problems ....................................................................................................... 174Control-panel message types ........................................................................................................... 177Control-panel messages .................................................................................................................. 178Common causes of jams .................................................................................................................. 187Jam locations ................................................................................................................................... 188Jam recovery .................................................................................................................................... 189Clear jams ........................................................................................................................................ 190

Clear jams from the automatic document feeder (ADF) .................................................. 190Clear jams from the stapler/stacker ................................................................................. 193Clear jams from the output path ...................................................................................... 195

ENWW vii

Clear jams from the optional duplexer ............................................................................. 197Clear jams from the print-cartridge area .......................................................................... 198Clear jams from the input-tray areas ............................................................................... 200

Clear jams from the tray 1 input area .............................................................. 200Clear jams from the input areas of trays 2 and 3 ............................................ 200Clear jams from the input areas of optional trays ............................................ 202

Solve repeated jams ........................................................................................................ 204Clear staple jams .............................................................................................................................. 205Solve print-quality problems ............................................................................................................. 208

Print-quality problems associated with media .................................................................. 208Print-quality problems associated with the environment .................................................. 208Print-quality problems associated with jams .................................................................... 208Image defect examples .................................................................................................... 208Light print (partial page) .................................................................................................. 210Light print (entire page) ................................................................................................... 210Specks ............................................................................................................................ 211Dropouts ......................................................................................................................... 211Lines ............................................................................................................................... 212Gray background ............................................................................................................ 212Toner smear ................................................................................................................... 213Loose toner ..................................................................................................................... 213Repeating defects ........................................................................................................... 214Repeating image .............................................................................................................. 214Misformed characters ..................................................................................................... 215Page skew ....................................................................................................................... 215Curl or wave .................................................................................................................... 216Wrinkles or creases ........................................................................................................ 216Vertical white lines .......................................................................................................... 217Tire tracks ....................................................................................................................... 217White spots on black ....................................................................................................... 217Scattered lines ................................................................................................................ 218Blurred print .................................................................................................................... 218Random image repetition ................................................................................................ 219

Solve network printing problems ...................................................................................................... 220Solve fax problems ........................................................................................................................... 221

Solve sending problems .................................................................................................. 221Solve receiving problems ................................................................................................. 222

Solve copy problems ........................................................................................................................ 223Prevent copy problems .................................................................................................... 223Image problems ............................................................................................................... 223Media-handling problems ................................................................................................ 224Performance problems .................................................................................................... 226

Solve e-mail problems ...................................................................................................................... 227Validate the SMTP gateway address ............................................................................... 227Validate the LDAP gateway address ............................................................................... 227

Solve common Windows problems ................................................................................................. 228Solve common Macintosh problems ................................................................................................ 229Solve Linux problems ....................................................................................................................... 232Solve PostScript problems ............................................................................................................... 233

General problems ............................................................................................................ 233

viii ENWW

Appendix A Supplies and accessoriesOrder parts, accessories, and supplies ............................................................................................ 236

Order directly from HP ..................................................................................................... 236Order through service or support providers ..................................................................... 236Order directly through the embedded Web server (for printers that are connected to anetwork) ........................................................................................................................... 236Order directly through the HP Easy Printer Care software .............................................. 236

Part numbers .................................................................................................................................... 237Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 237Supplies and maintenance kits ........................................................................................ 237Memory ............................................................................................................................ 237Cables and interfaces ...................................................................................................... 238Print media ....................................................................................................................... 238

Appendix B Service and supportHewlett-Packard limited warranty statement .................................................................................... 241Customer self repair warranty service .............................................................................................. 242Print cartridge limited warranty statement ........................................................................................ 243HP Customer Care ........................................................................................................................... 244

Online Services ................................................................................................................ 244Telephone support ........................................................................................................... 244Software utilities, drivers, and electronic information ....................................................... 244HP direct ordering for accessories or supplies ................................................................ 244HP service information ..................................................................................................... 244HP service agreements ................................................................................................... 244HP Easy Printer Care software ........................................................................................ 245HP support and information for Macintosh computers ..................................................... 245

HP maintenance agreements ........................................................................................................... 246On-site service agreements ............................................................................................. 246

Next-day on-site service .................................................................................. 246Weekly (volume) on-site service ..................................................................... 246

Repacking the device ...................................................................................................... 246Extended warranty ........................................................................................................... 247

Appendix C SpecificationsPhysical specifications ..................................................................................................................... 250Electrical specifications .................................................................................................................... 251Acoustic emissions ........................................................................................................................... 252Operating environment ..................................................................................................................... 252

Appendix D Regulatory informationFCC regulations ............................................................................................................................... 254Environmental product stewardship program ................................................................................... 255

Protecting the environment .............................................................................................. 255Ozone production ............................................................................................................ 255Power consumption ......................................................................................................... 255Toner consumption .......................................................................................................... 255Paper use ........................................................................................................................ 255Plastics ............................................................................................................................ 255

ENWW ix

HP LaserJet print supplies ............................................................................................... 256HP print supplies returns and recycling program information .......................................... 256Paper ............................................................................................................................... 256Material restrictions .......................................................................................................... 257Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union .... 257Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) ................................................................................ 258For more information ....................................................................................................... 258

Telecom statement ........................................................................................................................... 259Declaration of conformity .................................................................................................................. 260Safety statements ............................................................................................................................. 261

Laser safety ..................................................................................................................... 261Canadian DOC regulations .............................................................................................. 261VCCI statement (Japan) .................................................................................................. 261Power cord statement (Japan) ......................................................................................... 261EMI statement (Korea) ..................................................................................................... 261EMI statement (Taiwan) ................................................................................................... 262Laser statement for Finland ............................................................................................. 262

Appendix E Working with memory and print server cardsOverview .......................................................................................................................................... 264Installing printer memory .................................................................................................................. 265

To install printer memory ................................................................................................. 265Check DIMM installation ................................................................................................................... 268Save resources (permanent resources) .......................................................................................... 269Enable memory for Windows ........................................................................................................... 269Using HP Jetdirect print server cards ............................................................................................... 270

Install an HP Jetdirect print server card ........................................................................... 270Remove an HP Jetdirect print server card ....................................................................... 271

Glossary ........................................................................................................................................................... 273

Index ................................................................................................................................................................. 275

x ENWW

1 Basics

● Device comparison

● Features comparison

● Walkaround

● Device software

ENWW 1

Device comparisonHP LaserJet M5025 MFP HP LaserJet M5035 MFP

● The HP LaserJet M5025 MFP prints up to 25 pages-per-minute (ppm).

● 256 megabytes (MB) of random access memory (RAM),upgradable up to 512 MB

● 100-sheet multipurpose tray (tray 1) and two 250-sheetinput trays (trays 2 and 3)

● 250-sheet output bin

● Hi-Speed universal serial bus (USB) 2.0 port andenhanced input/output (EIO) slot

● HP Jetdirect full-featured embedded print server toconnect to 10Base-T/100Base-TX networks

● Basic digital sending

● Flatbed scanner and 50-page automatic documentfeeder (ADF)

● The HP LaserJet M5035 MFP prints up to 35 ppm.

● 256 MB of RAM, upgradable up to 512 MB

● 100-sheet multipurpose tray (tray 1) and two 250-sheetinput trays (trays 2 and 3)

● 250-sheet output bin

● Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port and EIO slot

● HP Jetdirect full-featured embedded print server toconnect to 10Base-T/100Base-TX networks

● Enhanced digital sending

● Flatbed scanner and 50-page ADF

HP LaserJet M5035X MFP HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP

HP LaserJet M5035 MFP, plus:

● Automatic 2–sided (duplex) printing, receiving faxes, andcopying.

● V.34 fax modem and 4-MB flash fax-storage memory.

● 500-sheet input tray (tray 4)

● Storage cabinet

HP LaserJet M5035X MFP, plus:

● Two 500-sheet input trays (trays 5 and 6) replace theHP LaserJet M5035X MFP storage cabinet

● Automatic 30-page stapler with a 500-sheet output bin

2 Chapter 1 Basics ENWW

Features comparisonFeature Description

Performance ● 460 MHz processor

User interface ● Graphical touch-screen control panel with control-panel help

● HP Easy Printer Care software (a Web-based status and troubleshooting tool)

● Windows® and Macintosh printer drivers

● Embedded Web server to gain access to support and to order supplies (administrator tool for network-connectedmodels only)

Printer drivers ● HP PCL 5

● HP PCL 6

● PostScript® 3 emulation

Resolution ● FastRes 1200—produces 1200-dots-per-inch (dpi) print quality for fast, high-quality printing of business textand graphics

● ProRes 1200—produces 1200-dpi printing for the best quality in line art and graphic images

Storage features ● 40 gigabyte (GB) hard drive

● Fonts, forms, and other macros

● Job retention

Fonts ● 80 internal fonts available for both PCL and PostScript 3 emulation

● 80 printer-matching screen fonts in TrueType format available with the software solution

● Additional fonts can be added by installing a USB font card.

Accessories ● Optional fax capability (standard on the HP LaserJet M5035X MFP and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP)

● Integrated stand that contains either one 500-sheet input tray plus a storage cabinet (HP LaserJet M5035XMFP only) or three 500-sheet input trays (HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP only)

● Optional duplexer (standard on the HP LaserJet M5035X MFP and the HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP)

● Automatic 30-page stapler with a 500-sheet output bin (HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP only)

● 100-pin 133 MHz dual inline memory modules (DIMMs)

Copying andsending

● Modes for text, graphics, and mixed text and graphics formats

● A job-interrupt feature (at copy boundaries)

● Multiple pages per sheet

● Control-panel animations (for example, jam recovery)

● E-mail compatibility

● A sleep feature that saves energy

● Automatic duplex (two-sided) scanning

NOTE An automatic duplex printing accessory is required for two-sided copying.

ENWW Features comparison 3

Feature Description

Connectivity ● Hi-Speed USB 2.0 connection (one external host USB-A connector, one external-device USB-B connector, andtwo internal host USB-A connectors)

● HP Jetdirect full-featured embedded print server

● HP Web Jetadmin software

● Enhanced input/output (EIO) slot

● FIH connector

Environmentalfeatures

● Sleep delay setting

● ENERGY STAR® qualified

Supplies ● The supplies status page contains information about toner level, page count, and estimated pages remaining.

● The device checks for and authentic HP print cartridge at cartridge installation.

● Internet-enabled supply-ordering capabilities (using HP Easy Printer Care software)

Accessibility ● The online user guide is compatible with text screen-readers.

● The print cartridge can be installed and removed by using one hand.

● All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand.

● Media can be loaded into input trays by using one hand.

4 Chapter 1 Basics ENWW

WalkaroundDevice partsBefore using the device, familiarize yourself with the parts of the device.

Figure 1-1 HP LaserJet M5025 MFP and HP LaserJet M5035 MFP

1 On/off switch

2 Power connection

3 Jam access door (for access to printer jams)

4 ADF top cover (for access to ADF jams)

5 ADF input tray (for fax/copy/scan documents)

6 Control panel

7 Output bin

8 Tray 2

9 Tray 3

10 ADF output bin

11 Upper-right door (for access to the print cartridge)

12 Interface ports (see Interface ports)

13 Tray 1 (pull to open)

14 Right-side access door

ENWW Walkaround 5

Figure 1-2 HP LaserJet M5035X MFP

1 On/off switch

2 Power connection

3 Automatic duplexer

4 Jam access door (for access to printer jams)

5 ADF top cover (for access to ADF jams)

6 ADF input tray (for fax/copy/scan documents)

7 Control panel

8 Output bin

9 Tray 2

10 Tray 3

11 Tray 4

12 Storage cabinet

13 ADF output bin

14 Upper-right door (for access to the print cartridge)

15 Interface ports (see Interface ports)

16 Tray 1 (pull to open)

17 Right-side access door

6 Chapter 1 Basics ENWW

Figure 1-3 HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP

1 On/off switch

2 Power connection

3 Automatic duplexer

4 Jam access door (for access to printer jams)

5 Upper-left door

6 ADF top cover (for access to ADF jams)

7 ADF input tray (for fax/copy/scan documents)

8 Control panel

9 Automatic stapler

10 Output bin

11 Tray 2

12 Tray 3

13 Trays 4, 5, and 6

14 ADF output bin

15 Stapler output bin

16 Upper-right door (for access to the print cartridge)

17 Interface ports (see Interface ports)

18 Tray 1 (pull to open)

19 Right-side access door

20 Lower-right access door

ENWW Walkaround 7

Interface portsThe device has one EIO slot and three ports for connecting to a computer or a network.

1 EIO slot

2 "Heartbeat" LED

3 Hi-Speed USB 2.0 connection

4 USB accessory connection

5 Foreign interface harness (FIH) port

6 Network connection

7 Fax connection (for connecting to an optional analog fax accessory)

8 Chapter 1 Basics ENWW

Device softwareThe printing-system software is included with the device. See the getting started guide for installationinstructions.

The printing system includes software for end users and network administrators, and printer drivers foraccess to the features and communication with the computer.

NOTE For a list of printer drivers and updated software, go to www.hp.com/go/M5025_software or www.hp.com/go/M5035_software.

Supported operating systemsThe device supports the following operating systems:

Full software installation

● Windows XP (32-bit and 64-bit)

● Windows Server 2003 (32-bit and 64-bit)

● Windows 2000

● Mac OS X V10.2.8, V10.3, V10.4 and later

Printer driver only

● Linux (Web only)

● UNIX model scripts (Web only)

NOTE For Mac OS V10.4 and later, PPC and Intel Core Processor Macs are supported.

Supported printer drivers

Operating system PCL 5 PCL 6 Postscript level 3emulation

Windows

Mac OS X V10.2.8, V10.3, V10.4 and later

Linux1

1 For Linux, download the postscript level 3 emulation driver from www.hp.com/go/linuxprinting.

The printer drivers include online Help that has instructions for common printing tasks and also describesthe buttons, checkboxes, and drop-down lists that are in the printer driver.

ENWW Device software 9

Select the correct printer driverPrinter drivers allow you to gain access to the features of the device and allow the computer tocommunicate with the device (using a printer language). Check the installation notes and readme fileson the CD for additional software and languages.

The device uses the PCL 5, PCL 6, and PostScript 3 emulation printer description language (PDL)drivers.

● Use the PCL 6 printer driver for the best overall performance.

● Use the PCL 5 printer driver for general office printing.

● Use the PS driver for printing from PostScript-based programs, for compatibility with PostScriptLevel 3 needs, or for PS flash font support.

Operating system1 PCL 5 PCL 6 PS 3 emulation

Windows 20002

Windows XP (32-bit)3

Windows Server 2003 (32-bit)

Windows Server 2003 (64-bit)

Mac OS X V10.2 and later

1 Not all features are available from all drivers or operating systems.2 For Windows 2000 and Windows XP (32-bit and 64-bit), download the PCL 5 driver from www.hp.com/go/M5025_software

or www.hp.com/go/M5035_software.3 For Windows XP (64-bit), download the PCL 6 driver from www.hp.com/go/M5025_software or www.hp.com/go/

M5035_software.

The printer drivers include online Help that has instructions for common printing tasks and also describesthe buttons, checkboxes, and drop-down lists that are in the printer driver.

Universal printer driversThe HP Universal Print Driver Series for Windows includes separate HP postscript level 3 emulationand HP PCL 5 versions of a single driver that provides access to almost any HP device while providingsystem administrator with tools to manage devices more effectively. The Universal Print Driver isincluded on the device CD, under the Optional Software section. For more information, go towww.hp.com/go/universalprintdriver.

Driver AutoconfigurationThe HP LaserJet PCL 5, PCL 6, and PS level 3 emulation drivers for Windows 2000 and Windows XPfeature automatic discovery and driver configuration for device accessories at the time of installation.Some accessories that the Driver Autoconfiguration supports are the duplexing unit, optional papertrays, and dual inline memory modules (DIMMs).

10 Chapter 1 Basics ENWW

Update NowIf you have modified the device configuration since installation, the driver can be automatically updatedwith the new configuration. In the Properties dialog box (see Open the printer drivers), on the DeviceSettings tab, click the Update Now button to update the driver.

HP Driver PreconfigurationHP Driver Preconfiguration is a software architecture and set of tools that you can use to customize anddistribute HP software in managed corporate printing environments. Using HP Driver Preconfiguration,information technology (IT) administrators can preconfigure the printing and default settings forHP printer drivers before installing the drivers in the network environment. For more information, seethe HP Driver Preconfiguration Support Guide, which is available at www.hp.com/go/hpdpc_sw.

Priority for print settingsChanges to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made:

NOTE The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your softwareprogram.

● Page Setup dialog box: Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the programyou are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed here override settings changedanywhere else.

● Print dialog box: Click Print, Print Setup, or a similar command on the File menu of the programyou are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lowerpriority and do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box.

● Printer Properties dialog box (printer driver): Click Properties in the Print dialog box to openthe printer driver. Settings changed in the Printer Properties dialog box do not override settingsanywhere else in the printing software.

● Default printer driver settings: The default printer driver settings determine the settings used inall print jobs, unless settings are changed in the Page Setup, Print, or Printer Properties dialogboxes.

● Printer control panel settings: Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower prioritythan changes made anywhere else.

ENWW Device software 11

Open the printer drivers

Operating System To change the settings for allprint jobs until the softwareprogram is closed

To change the default settingsfor all print jobs

To change the deviceconfiguration settings

Windows 2000, XP,and Server 2003

1. On the File menu in thesoftware program, clickPrint.

2. Select the driver, and thenclick Properties orPreferences.

The steps can vary; thisprocedure is most common.

1. Click Start, click Settings,and then click Printers orPrinters and Faxes.

2. Right-click the driver icon,and then select PrintingPreferences.

1. Click Start, click Settings,and then click Printers orPrinters and Faxes.

2. Right-click the driver icon,and then selectProperties.

3. Click the Device Settingstab.

Mac OS X V10.2.8,V10.3, V10.4 andlater

1. On the File menu, clickPrint.

2. Change the settings thatyou want on the variouspop-up menus.

1. On the File menu, clickPrint.

2. Change the settings thatyou want on the variouspop-up menus.

3. On the Presets pop-upmenu, click Save as andtype a name for the preset.

These settings are saved in thePresets menu. To use the newsettings, you must select thesaved preset option every timeyou open a program and print.

1. In the Finder, on the Gomenu, click Applications.

2. Open Utilities, and thenopen Print Center (OS XV10.2.8) or Printer SetupUtility.

3. Click on the print queue.

4. On the Printers menu,click Show Info.

5. Click the InstallableOptions menu.

NOTE Configurationsettings might not beavailable in Classicmode.

12 Chapter 1 Basics ENWW

Software for Macintosh computersThe HP installer provides PostScript® Printer Description (PPD) files, Printer Dialog Extensions (PDEs),and the HP Printer Utility for use with Macintosh computers.

For network connections, use the embedded Web server (EWS) to configure the device. See EmbeddedWeb server.

The printing system software includes the following components:

● PostScript Printer Description (PPD) files

The PPDs, in combination with the Apple PostScript printer drivers, provide access to devicefeatures. Use the Apple PostScript printer driver that comes with the computer.

● HP Printer Utility

Use the HP Printer Utility to set up device features that are not available in the printer driver:

● Name the device.

● Assign the device to a zone on the network.

● Assign an internet protocol (IP) address to the device.

● Download files and fonts.

● Configure the device for IP or AppleTalk printing.

You can use the HP Printer Utility when your device uses a universal serial bus (USB) cable or isconnected to a TCP/IP-based network. For more information, see Use the HP Printer Utility forMacintosh.

NOTE The HP Printer Utility is supported for Mac OS X V10.2 or later.

Remove software from Macintosh operating systemsTo remove the software from a Macintosh computer, drag the PPD files to the trash can.

ENWW Device software 13

UtilitiesThe device is equipped with several utilities that make it easy to monitor and manage the device on anetwork.

HP Web JetadminHP Web Jetadmin is a browser-based management tool for HP Jetdirect-connected printers within yourintranet, and it should be be installed only on the network administrator’s computer.

To download a current version of HP Web Jetadmin and for the latest list of supported host systems,visit www.hp.com/go/webjetadmin.

When installed on a host server, any client can gain access to HP Web Jetadmin by using a supportedWeb browser (such as Microsoft® Internet Explorer 4.x or Netscape Navigator 4.x or later) by navigatingto the HP Web Jetadmin host.

Embedded Web serverThe device is equipped with an embedded Web server, which provides access to information aboutdevice and network activities. This information appears in a Web browser, such as Microsoft InternetExplorer or Netscape Navigator.

The embedded Web server resides on the device. It is not loaded on a network server.

The embedded Web server provides an interface to the device that anyone who has a network-connected computer and a standard Web browser can use. No special software is installed orconfigured, but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer. To gain access to theembedded Web server, type the IP address for the device in the address line of the browser. (To findthe IP address, print a configuration page. For more information about printing a configuration page,see Use information pages.)

For a complete explanation of the features and functionality of the embedded Web server, see Use theembedded Web server.

14 Chapter 1 Basics ENWW

HP Easy Printer Care softwareThe HP Easy Printer Care software is a program that you can use for the following tasks:

● Checking the device status

● Checking the supplies status

● Setting up alerts

● Viewing device documentation

● Gaining access to troubleshooting and maintenance tools

You can view the HP Easy Printer Care software when the device is directly connected to your computeror when it is connected to a network. To download the HP Easy Printer Care software, go towww.hp.com/go/easyprintercare.

Supported operating systems

For information about supported operating systems, go to www.hp.com/go/easyprintercare.

Supported browsers

To use the HP Easy Printer Care software, you must have one of the following browsers:

● Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or later

● Netscape Navigator 7.0 or later

● Opera Software ASA Opera 6.05 or later

All pages can be printed from the browser.

Other components and utilities

Windows Macintosh OS

● Software installer — automates the printing systeminstallation

● Online Web registration

● PostScript Printer Description files (PPDs) — use with theApple PostScript drivers that come with the Mac OS

● The HP Printer Utility — change device settings, viewstatus, and set up printer-event notification from a Mac.This utility is supported for Mac OS X V10.2 and later.

ENWW Device software 15

16 Chapter 1 Basics ENWW

2 Control panel

● Use the control panel

● Use the Administration menu

ENWW 17

Use the control panelThe control panel has a VGA touchscreen that provides access to all device functions. Use the buttonsand numeric keypad to control jobs and the device status. The LEDs indicate overall device status.

Control-panel layoutThe control panel includes a touchscreen graphical display, job-control buttons, a numeric keypad, andthree light-emitting diode (LED) status lights.

1 Attention light The Attention light indicates that the device has a condition that requiresintervention. Examples include an empty paper tray or an error messageon the touchscreen.

2 Data light The Data light indicates that the device is receiving data.

3 Ready light The Ready light indicates that the device is ready to begin processing anyjob.

4 Brightness-adjustment dial Turn the dial to control the brightness of the touchscreen.

5 Touchscreen graphical display Use the touchscreen to open and set up all device functions.

6 Numeric keypad Allows you to type numeric values for number of copies required and othernumeric values.

7 Sleep button If the device is inactive for a long period of time, it automatically enters asleep mode. To place the device into sleep mode or to reactivate the device,press the Sleep button.

8 Reset button Resets the job settings to factory or user-defined default values.

9 Stop button Stops the active job. While stopped, the control panel shows the options forthe stopped job (for example, if you press the Stop button while the deviceis processing a print job, the control panel message prompts you to cancelor resume the print job).

10 Start button Begins a copy job, starts digital sending, or continues a job that has beeninterrupted.

18 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Home screenThe home screen provides access to the device features, and it indicates the current status of the device.

NOTE Depending on how the system administrator has configured the device, the features thatappear on the home screen can vary.

1 Features Depending on how the system administrator has configured the device, the features that appearin this area can include any of the following items:

● Copy

● Fax

● E-mail

● Secondary E-mail

● Network Folder

● Job Storage

● Workflow

● Supplies Status

● Administration

2 Device status line The status line provides information about the overall device status. Various buttons appear inthis area, depending on the current status. For a description of each button that can appear inthe status line, see Buttons on the touchscreen.

3 Copy count The copy count box indicates the number of copies that the device is set to make.

4 Help button Touch the Help button to open the embedded help system.

5 Scroll bar Touch the up or down arrows on the scroll bar to see the complete list of available features.

6 Sign Out Touch Sign Out to sign out of the device if you have signed in for access to restricted features.After you sign out, the device restores all options to the default settings.

7 Network Address Touch Network Address to find information about the network connection.

8 Date and time The current date and time appear here. The system administrator can select the format thatthe device uses to show the date and time, for example 12-hour format or 24-hour format.

ENWW Use the control panel 19

Buttons on the touchscreenThe status line on the touchscreen provides information about the status of the device. Various buttonscan appear in this area. The following table describes each button.

Home button. Touch the home button to go to the Home screen from any other screen.

Start button. Touch the Start button to begin the action for the feature that you are using.

NOTE The name of this button changes for each feature. For example, in the Copy feature, thebutton is named Start Copy.

Stop button. If the device is processing a print or fax job, the Stop button appears instead of the Startbutton. Touch the Stop button to halt the current job. The device prompts you to cancel the job or to resumeit.

Error button. The error button appears whenever the device has an error that requires attention beforeit can continue. Touch the error button to see a message that describes the error. The message also hasinstructions for solving the problem.

Warning button. The warning button appears when the device has a problem but can continuefunctioning. Touch the warning button to see a message that describes the problem. The message alsohas instructions for solving the problem.

Help button. Touch the help button to open the built-in online Help system. For more information, seeControl-panel help system.

Control-panel help systemThe device has a built-in Help system that explains how to use each screen. To open the Help system,touch the Help button ( ) in the upper-right corner of the screen.

For some screens, the Help opens to a global menu where you can search for specific topics. You canbrowse through the menu structure by touching the buttons in the menu.

For screens that contain settings for individual jobs, the Help opens to a topic that explains the optionsfor that screen.

If the device alerts you of an error or warning, touch the error ( ) or warning ( ) button to open amessage that describes the problem. The message also contains instructions to help solve the problem.

20 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Use the Administration menuUse the administration menu to set up default device behavior and other global settings, such as thelanguage and the format for date and time.

Navigate the Administration menuFrom the Home screen, touch Administration to open the menu structure. You might need to scroll tothe bottom of the Home screen to see this feature.

The Administration menu has several sub-menus, which are listed on the left side of the screen. Touchthe name of a menu to expand the structure. A plus sign (+) next to a menu name means that it containssub-menus. Continue opening the structure until you reach the option that you want to configure. Toreturn to the previous level, touch Back.

To exit the Administration menu, touch the Home button ( ) in the upper-left corner of the screen.

The device has built-in Help that explains each of the features that are available through the menus.Help is available for many menus on the right-hand side of the touchscreen. Or, to open the global Helpsystem, touch the Help button ( ) in the upper-right corner of the screen.

The tables in the sections that follow indicate the overall structure of each menu.

ENWW Use the Administration menu 21

Information menuUse this menu to print information pages and reports that are stored internally on the device.

Table 2-1 Information menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Configuration/StatusPages

Administration MenuMap

Print (button) Shows the basic structure of theAdministration menu and currentadministration settings.

Configuration Page Print (button) A set of configuration pages that show thecurrent device settings.

Supplies StatusPage

Print (button) Shows the status of supplies such ascartridges, maintenance kits, and staples.

Usage Page Print (button) Shows information about the number ofpages that have been printed on each papertype and size.

File Directory Print (button) A directory page that contains information forany mass-storage devices, such as flashdrives, memory cards, or hard disks, that areinstalled in this device.

Fax Reports Fax Activity Log Print (button) Contains a list of the faxes that have beensent from or received by this device.

Fax Call Report Fax Call Report Print (button) A detailed report of the last fax operation,either sent or received.

Thumbnail on Report Yes

No (default)

Choose whether or not to include a thumbnailof the first page of the fax on the report.

When to Print Report Never auto print

Print after any fax job

Print after fax send jobs

Print after any fax error

Print after send errors only

Print after receive errors only

Billing Codes Report Print A list of billing codes that have been used foroutgoing faxes. This report shows how manysent faxes were billed to each code.

Blocked Fax List Print A list of phone numbers that are blocked fromsending faxes to this device.

Speed Dial List Print Shows the speed dials that have been set upfor this device.

Sample Pages/Fonts PCL Font List Print A list of printer control language (PCL) fontsthat are currently available on the device.

PS Font List Print A list of PostScript (PS) fonts that arecurrently available on the device.

22 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Default Job Options menuUse this menu to define the default job options for each function. If the user does not specify the joboptions when creating the job, the default options are used.

The Default Job Options menu contains the following sub-menus:

● Default Options for Originals

● Default Copy Options

● Default Fax Options

● Default E-mail Options

● Default Send To Folder Options

● Default Print Options

Default Options for Originals

NOTE Values shown with “(default)” are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Table 2-2 Default Options for Originals menu

Menu item Values Description

Paper Size Select a paper size from the list. Select the paper size that is most often used for copy or scanoriginals.

Number of Sides 1 (default) Select whether copy or scan originals are most often single-sided ordouble-sided.

2

Orientation Portrait (default) Select the orientation that is most often used for copy or scanoriginals. Select Portrait if the short edge is at the top or selectLandscape if the long edge is at the top.Landscape

Optimize Text/Picture Manually Adjust (default) Use this setting to optimize the output for a particular type of original.You can optimize the output for text, pictures, or a mixture.

If you select Manually Adjust, you can specify the mix of text andpictures that will most often be used.

Text

Photograph

Image Adjustment Darkness Use this setting to optimize the output for darker or lighter originalsthat you scan or copy.

Background Cleanup Increase the Background Cleanup setting to remove faint imagesfrom the background or to remove a light background color.

Sharpness Adjust the Sharpness setting to clarify or soften the image.

ENWW Use the Administration menu 23

Default Copy Options

NOTE Values shown with “(default)” are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Table 2-3 Default Copy Options menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Number of Copies Type the number ofcopies. The factorydefault setting is 1.

Set the default number of copies for a copy job.

Number of Sides 1 (default)

2

Set the default number of sides for copies.

Staple/Collate Staple None (default)

One left angled

Set up options for stapling and collating sets of copies.When you make multiple copies of a document,collating places the pages in the correct order, one setat a time, rather than placing all copies of each pagenext to each other.Collate Off

On (default)

Output Bin Output Bin <X> Select the default output bin, if applicable, for copies.

Edge-To-Edge Normal (recommended)(default)

Edge-To-Edge Output

If the original document is printed close to the edges,use the Edge-To-Edge feature to avoid shadows thatcan appear along the edges. Combine this feature withthe Reduce/Enlarge feature to ensure that the entirepage is printed on the copies.

24 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Default Fax Options

NOTE Values shown with “(default)” are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Table 2-4 Fax Send menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Resolution Standard (100x200dpi)(default)

Fine (200x200dpi)

Superfine (300x300dpi)

Use this feature to set the resolution for sentdocuments. Higher resolution images have more dotsper inch (dpi), so they show more detail. Lowerresolution images have fewer dots per inch and showless detail, but the file size is smaller.

Fax Header Prepend (default)

Overlay

Use this feature to select the position of the fax headeron the page.

Select Prepend to print the fax header above the faxcontent and move the fax content down on the page.Select Overlay to print the fax header over the top ofthe fax content without moving the fax content down.

Using this option could prevent a single-page fax fromflowing onto another page.

Table 2-5 Fax Receive menu

Menu item Values Description

Forward Fax Fax Forwarding

Change PIN

To forward received faxes to another fax device, select FaxForwarding and Custom. When you select this menu item for the fisttime, you are prompted to set up a PIN. You will be prompted to enterthat PIN every time you try to use this menu. This is the same PINthat is used to access the Fax Printing menu.

Stamp Received Faxes Enabled

Disabled (default)

Use this option to add the date, time, sender’s phone number, andpage number to each page of the faxes that this device receives.

Fit to Page Enabled (default)

Disabled

Use this feature to shrink faxes that are larger than Letter-size or A4-size so that they can fit onto a Letter-size or A4-size page. If it thisfeature set to Disabled, faxes larger than Letter or A4 will flow acrossmultiple pages.

Fax Paper Tray Select from the list of trays. Select the tray that holds the size and type of paper that you want touse for incoming faxes.

Output Bin Select from the list of output bins. Select the default output bin, if applicable, to use for faxes.

ENWW Use the Administration menu 25

Default E-mail OptionsUse this menu to set default options for e-mails that are sent from the device.

NOTE Values shown with “(default)” are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Menu item Values Description

Document File Type PDF (default)

JPEG

TIFF

M-TIFF

Choose the file format for the e-mail.

Output Quality High (large file)

Medium (default)

Low (small file)

Choosing higher quality for output increases the size of theoutput file.

Resolution 75 DPI

150 DPI (default)

200 DPI

300 DPI

Use this feature to select the resolution. Use a lower setting tocreate smaller files.

Color/Black Color scan (default)

Black/white scan

Specify whether the e-mail will be in black or in color.

TIFF Version TIFF 6.0 (default)

TIFF (Post 6.0)

Use this feature to specify the TIFF version to use when savingscanned files.

26 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Default Send to Folder Options

NOTE This menu appears only for the HP LaserJet M5035 MFP models.

Use this menu to set default options for scan jobs sent to the computer.

NOTE Values shown with “(default)” are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Menu item Values Description

Color/Black Color scan

Black/white scan (default)

Specify whether the file will be in black or in color.

Document File Type PDF (default)

M-TIFF

TIFF

JPEG

Choose the file format for the file.

TIFF version TIFF 6.0 (default)

TIFF (post 6.0)

Use this feature to specify the TIFF version to use when savingscanned files.

Output Quality High (large file)

Medium (default)

Low (small file)

Choosing higher quality for output increases the size of theoutput file.

Resolution 75 DPI

150 DPI (default)

200 DPI

300 DPI

Use this feature to select the resolution. Use a lower setting tocreate smaller files.

ENWW Use the Administration menu 27

Default Print OptionsUse this menu to set default options for jobs that are sent from a computer.

NOTE Values shown with “(default)” are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Table 2-6 Default Print Options menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Copies Per Job Type a value. Use this feature to set the default number of copies forprint jobs.

Default Paper Size (List of supported sizes.) Choose a paper size.

Default Custom PaperSize

Unit of measure Millimeters

Inches

Configure the default paper size that is used when theuser selects Custom as the paper size for a print job.

X Dimension Configure the width measurement for the DefaultCustom Paper Size.

Y Dimension Configure the height measurement for the DefaultCustom Paper Size.

Output Bin <Binname> Select the default output bin for print jobs.

Print Sides 1-sided (default)

2-sided

Use this feature to select whether print jobs should besingle-sided or double-sided by default.

2-Sided Format Book style

Flip style

Use this feature to configure the default style for 2-sided print jobs. If Book style is selected, the back sideof the page is printed the right way up. This option isfor print jobs that are bound along the left edge. If Flipstyle is selected, the back side of the page is printedupside-down. This option is for print jobs that are boundalong the top edge.

28 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Time/Scheduling menuUse this menu to set options for setting the time and for setting the device to enter and exit sleep mode.

NOTE Values shown with "(default)" are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Table 2-7 Time/Scheduling menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Date/Time Date Format YYYY/MMM/DD(default)

MMM/DD/YYYY

DD/MMM/YYYY

Use this feature to set the current date andtime, and to set the date format and timeformat that are used to time-stamp outgoingfaxes.

Date Month

Day

Year

Time Format 12 hour (AM/PM)(default)

24 hour

Time Hour

Minute

AM

PM

Sleep Delay (default)

Use this feature to select the time interval thatthe device should remain inactive beforeentering Sleep Mode.

Wake Time Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Sunday

Off (default)

Custom

Select Custom to set a wake time for eachday of the week. The device exits sleep modeaccording to this schedule. Using a sleepschedule helps conserve energy andprepares the device for use so that users donot have to wait for it to warm up.

ENWW Use the Administration menu 29

1 MINUTE

5 MINUTES

10 MINUTES

30 MINUTES

45 MINUTES

60 MINUTES

90 MINUTES

2 HOURS

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Fax Printing Fax Printing Mode Store all receivedfaxes

Print all receivedfaxes

Use Fax PrintingSchedule

If you have concerns about the security ofprivate faxes, use this feature to store faxesrather than having them automatically print bycreating a printing schedule.

For the fax printing schedule, the controlpanel prompts you to select days and timesto print faxes.

Select Change PIN to change the PINnumber that users must provide to print faxes.

Change PIN

Table 2-7 Time/Scheduling menu (continued)

30 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Management menuUse this menu to set up global device-management options.

NOTE Values shown with "(default)" are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Table 2-8 Management menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Stored Job Management Quick Copy Job StorageLimit

Select the maximumnumber of jobs to store

Use this menu to view and manage any jobs that arestored on the device.

Quick Copy Job HeldTimeout

1 Hour

4 Hours

1 Day

1 Week

Sleep mode Disable

Use Sleep Delay (default)

Use this feature to customize the sleep mode settingsfor this device.

Select Use Sleep Delay to set the device to enter sleepmode after the delay that is specified in the Time/Scheduling menu.

Manage Supplies Supply Low/OrderThreshold

Select a value in therange.

Use this menu to carry out administrative supplymanagement tasks such as changing the thresholdwhen supplies should be ordered.

Replace Black Cartridge Stop at low

Stop at out

Override at out (default)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 31

Initial Setup menuThe Initial Setup menu contains the sub-menus shown:

● Networking and I/O menu

● Fax Setup menu

● E-mail Setup menu

NOTE Values shown with "(default)" are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Networking and I/OTable 2-9 Networking and I/O

Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

I/O Timeout Select a value in therange. The factory defaultsetting is 15 seconds.

I/O timeout refers to the elapsed time before a print jobfails. If the stream of data that the device receives fora print job gets interrupted, this setting indicates howlong the device will wait before it reports that the jobhas failed.

Parallel Input

NOTE Thisitem appearsonly if an EIOaccessory isinstalled.

High Speed No

Yes (default)

Use the High Speed setting to configure the speed thatthe parallel port uses to communicate with the host.

Advanced Functions Enabled (default)

Disabled

Use the Advanced Functions setting to enable ordisable bidirectional parallel communication.

Embedded Jetdirect See Table 2-10 Jetdirect menus for the list of options.

EIO <X> Jetdirect

Table 2-10 Jetdirect menus

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values and Description

TCP/IP Enable Off: Disable the TCP/IP protocol.

On (default): Enable the TCP/IP protocol.

Host Name An alphanumeric string, up to 32 characters, used toidentify the device. This name is listed on theHP Jetdirect configuration page. The default host nameis NPIxxxxxx, where xxxxxx is the last six digits of theLAN hardware (MAC) address.

IPV4 Settings Config Method Specifies the method that TCP/IPv4 parameters will beconfigured on the HP Jetdirect print server.

Bootp: Use BootP (Bootstrap Protocol) for automaticconfiguration from a BootP server.

DHCP: Use DHCP (Dynamic Host ConfigurationProtocol) for automatic configuration from a DHCPv4server. If selected and a DHCP lease exists, DHCP

32 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values and Description

Release and DHCP Renew menus are available to setDHCP lease options.

Auto IP: Use automatic link-local IPv4 addressing. Anaddress in the form 169.254.x.x is assignedautomatically.

Manual: Use the Manual Settings menu to configureTCP/IPv4 parameters.

DHCP Release This menu appears if Config Method was set toDHCP and a DHCP lease for the print server exists.

No (default): The current DHCP lease is saved.

Yes: The current DHCP lease and the leased IPaddress are released.

DHCP Renew This menu appears if Config Method was set toDHCP and a DHCP lease for the print server exists.

No (default): The print server does not request to renewthe DHCP lease.

Yes: The print server requests to renew the currentDHCP lease.

Manual Settings (Available only if Config Method is set to Manual)Configure parameters directly from the printer controlpanel:

IP Address: The unique IP address of the printer(n.n.n.n), where n is a value from 0 to 255.

Subnet Mask: The subnet mask for the printer(m.m.m.m), where m is a value from 0 to 255.

Syslog Server: The IP address of the syslog serverused to receive and log syslog messages.

Default Gateway: The IP address of the gateway orrouter used for communications with other networks.

Idle Timeout: The time period, in seconds, after whichan idle TCP print data connection is closed (default is270 seconds, 0 disables the timeout).

Default IP Specify the IP address to default to when the printserver is unable to obtain an IP address from thenetwork during a forced TCP/IP reconfiguration (forexample, when manually configured to use BootP orDHCP).

Auto IP: A link-local IP address 169.254.x.x is set.

Legacy: The address 192.0.0.192 is set, consistentwith older HP Jetdirect devices.

Primary DNS Specify the IP address (n.n.n.n) of a Primary DNSServer.

Secondary DNS Specify the IP address (n.n.n.n) of a SecondaryDomain Name System (DNS) Server.

Table 2-10 Jetdirect menus (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 33

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values and Description

IPV6 Settings Enable Use this item to enable or disable IPv6 operation on theprint server.

Off (default): IPv6 is disabled.

On: IPv6 is enabled.

Address Use this item to manually configure an IPv6 address.

Manual Settings: Use the Manual Settings menu toenable and manually configure a TCP/ IPv6 address.

DHCPV6 Policy Router Specified: The stateful auto-configurationmethod to be used by the print server is determined bya router. The router specifies whether the print serverobtains its address, its configuration information, orboth from a DHCPv6 server.

Router Unavailable: If a router is not available, the printserver should attempt to obtain its statefulconfiguration from a DHCPv6 server.

Always: Whether or not a router is available, the printserver always attempts to obtain its statefulconfiguration from a DHCPv6 server.

Primary DNS Use this item to specify an IPv6 address for a primaryDNS server that the print server should use.

Manual Settings Use this item to manually set IPv6 addresses on theprint server.

Enable: Select this item and choose On to enablemanual configuration, or Off to disable manualconfiguration.

Address: Use this item to type a 32 hexadecimal digitIPv6 node address that uses the colon hexadecimalsyntax.

Proxy Server Specifies the proxy server to be used by embeddedapplications in the device. A proxy server is typicallyused by network clients for Internet access. It cachesWeb pages, and provides a degree of Internet security,for those clients.

To specify a proxy server, enter its IPv4 address orfully-qualified domain name. The name can be up to255 octets.

For some networks, you may need to contact yourIndependent Service Provider (ISP) for the proxyserver address.

Proxy Port Type the port number used by the proxy server forclient support. The port number identifies the portreserved for proxy activity on your network, and can bea value from 0 to 65535.

Table 2-10 Jetdirect menus (continued)

34 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values and Description

IPX/SPX Enable Off: Disable the IPX/SPX protocol.

On (default): Enable the IPX/SPX protocol.

Frame Type Selects the frame-type setting for your network.

Auto: Automatically sets and limits the frame type tothe first one detected.

EN_8023, EN_II, EN_8022, and EN_SNAP: Frame-type selections for Ethernet networks.

AppleTalk Enable Off (default): Disable the AppleTalk protocol.

On: Enable the AppleTalk protocol.

DLC/LLC Enable Off (default): Disable the DLC/LLC protocol.

On: Enable the DLC/LLC protocol.

Security Print Sec Page Yes: Prints a page that contains the current securitysettings on the HP Jetdirect print server.

No (default): A security settings page is not printed.

Secure Web For configuration management, specify whether theembedded Web server will accept communicationsusing HTTPS (Secure HTTP) only, or both HTTP andHTTPS.

HTTPS Required: For secure, encryptedcommunications, only HTTPS access is accepted. Theprint server will appear as a secure site.

HTTP/HTTPS optional: Access using either HTTP orHTTPS is permitted.

IPsec or Firewall Specify the IPsec or Firewall status on the print server.

Keep: IPsec/Firewall status remains the same ascurrently configured.

Disable: IPsec/Firewall operation on the print server isdisabled.

Reset Security Specify whether the current security settings on theprint server will be saved or reset to factory defaults.

No*: The current security settings are maintained.

Yes: Security settings are reset to factory defaults.

Diagnostics Embedded Test This menu provides tests to help diagnose networkhardware or TCP/IP network connection problems.

Embedded tests help to identify whether a network faultis internal or external to the device. Use an embeddedtest to check hardware and communication paths onthe print server. After you select and enable a test andset the execution time, you must select Execute toinitiate the test.

Depending on the execution time, a selected test runscontinuously until either the device is turned off, or anerror occurs and a diagnostic page is printed.

Table 2-10 Jetdirect menus (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 35

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values and Description

LAN HW Test CAUTION Running this embedded test willerase your TCP/IP configuration.

This test performs an internal loopback test. An internalloopback test will send and receive packets only on theinternal network hardware. There are no externaltransmissions on your network.

Select Yes to choose this test, or No to not choose it.

HTTP Test This test checks operation of HTTP by retrievingpredefined pages from the device, and tests theembedded Web server.

Select Yes to choose this test, or No to not choose it.

SNMP Test This test checks operation of SNMP communicationsby accessing predefined SNMP objects on the device.

Select Yes to choose this test, or No to not choose it.

Select All Tests Use this item to select all available embedded tests.

Select Yesto choose all tests. Select No to selectindividual tests.

Data Path Test This test helps to identify data path and corruptionproblems on an HP postscript level 3 emulation device.It sends a predefined PS file to the device, However,the test is paperless; the file will not print.

Select Yes to choose this test, or No to not choose it.

Execution Time [H] Use this item to specify the length of time (in hours) thatan embedded test will be run. You can select a valuefrom 1 to 60 hours. If you select zero (0), the test runsindefinitely until an error occurs or device is turned off.

Data gathered from the HTTP, SNMP, and Data Pathtests is printed after the tests have completed.

Execute No*: Do not initiate the selected tests.

Yes: Initiate the selected tests.

Table 2-10 Jetdirect menus (continued)

36 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values and Description

Ping Test This test is used to check network communications.This test sends link-level packets to a remote networkhost, then waits for an appropriate response. To run aping test, set the following items:

Dest Type Specify whether the target device is an IPv4 or IPv6node.

Dest IP IPV4: Type the IPv4 address.

IPV6 : Type the IPv6 address.

Packet Size Specify the size of each packet, in bytes, to be sent tothe remote host. The minimum is 64 (default) and themaximum is 2048.

Timeout Specify the length of time, in seconds, to wait for aresponse from the remote host. The default is 1 andthe maximum is 100.

Count Specify the number of ping test packets to send for thistest. Select a value from 1 to 100. To configure the testto run continuously, select 0.

Print Results If the ping test was not set for continuous operation,you can choose to print the test results. Select Yes toprint results. If you select No (default), results are notprinted.

Execute Specify whether to initiate the ping test. Select Yes toinitiate the test, or No to not run the test.

Table 2-10 Jetdirect menus (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 37

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values and Description

Ping Results Use this item to view the ping test status and resultsusing the control panel display. You can select thefollowing items:

Packets Sent Shows the number of packets (0 - 65535) sent to theremote host since the most recent test was initiated orcompleted.

Packets Received Shows the number of packets (0 - 65535) received fromthe remote host since the most recent test was initiatedor completed.

Percent Lost Shows the percent of ping test packets that were sentwith no response from the remote host since the mostrecent test was initiated or completed.

RTT Min Shows the minimum detected roundtrip- time (RTT),from 0 to 4096 milliseconds, for packet transmissionand response.

RTT Max Shows the maximum detected roundtrip- time (RTT),from 0 to 4096 milliseconds, for packet transmissionand response.

RTT Average Shows the average round-trip-time (RTT), from 0 to4096 milliseconds, for packet transmission andresponse.

Ping In Progress Shows whether a ping test is in progress. Yes indicatesa test in progress, and No indicates that a testcompleted or was not run.

Refresh When viewing the ping test results, this item updatesthe ping test data with current results. Select Yes toupdate the data, or No to maintain the existing data.However, a refresh automatically occurs when themenu times out or you manually return to the mainmenu.

Link Speed The link speed and communication mode of the printserver must match the network. The available settingsdepend on the device and installed print server. Selectone of the following link configuration settings:

CAUTION If you change the link setting,network communications with the print serverand network device might be lost.

Auto (default): The print server uses auto-negotiationto configure itself with the highest link speed andcommunication mode allowed. If auto-negotiation fails,either 100TX HALF or 10TX HALF is set depending onthe detected link speed of the hub/switch port. (A1000T half-duplex selection is not supported.)

10T Half: 10 Mbps, half-duplex operation.

10T Full: 10 Mbps, Full-duplex operation.

100TX Half: 100 Mbps, half-duplex operation.

100TX Full: 100 Mbps, full-duplex operation.

Table 2-10 Jetdirect menus (continued)

38 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values and Description

100TX Auto: Limits auto-negotiation to a maximum linkspeed of 100 Mbps.

1000TX Full: 1000 Mbps, full-duplex operation.

Print Protocols Use this item to print a page that lists the configurationof the following protocols: IPX/SPX, Novell NetWare,AppleTalk, DLC/LLC.

Table 2-10 Jetdirect menus (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 39

Fax SetupTable 2-11 Fax Setup menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Required Settings Location (Countries/regionslisted)

Configure the settings that are legallyrequired for outgoing faxes.

Date/Time

Fax HeaderInformation

Phone Number

Company Name

PC Fax Send Disabled

Enabled (default)

Use this feature to enable or disable PC FaxSend. PC Fax Send enables users to sendfaxes through the device from theircomputers if they have the correct driverinstalled.

40 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Fax Send Settings Fax Dial Volume Off

Medium (default)

High

Use this feature to set the volume of the tonesthat you hear while the device dials the faxnumber.

Error CorrectionMode

Enabled (default)

Disabled

When Error Correction Mode is enabled andan error occurs during fax transmission, thedevice sends or receives the error portionagain.

JBIG Compression Disabled

Enabled (default)

The JBIG Compression reduces fax-transmission time, which can result in lowerphone charges. However, using JBIGCompression sometimes causescompatibility problems with older faxmachines. If this occurs, turn off the JBIGCompression.

Maximum Baud Rate Select a value fromthe list.

Use this feature to set the maximum baudrate for receiving faxes. This can be used asa diagnostic tool for troubleshooting faxproblems.

Dialing Mode Tone (default)

Pulse

Select whether the device should use tone orpulse dialing.

Redial On Busy The range is between0 and 9. The factorydefault is 3 times.

Type the number of times the device shouldattempt to redial if the line is busy.

Redial On No Answer Never (default)

Once

Twice

Use this feature to specify the number oftimes the device should attempt to dial if therecipient fax number does not answer.

NOTE Twice is available inlocations other than the UnitedStates and Canada.

Redial Interval The range is between1 and 5 minutes. Thefactory default is 5minutes.

Use this feature to specify the number ofminutes between dialing attempts if therecipient number is busy or not answering.

Detect Dial Tone Enabled

Disabled (default)

Use this feature to specify whether the deviceshould check for a dial tone before sending afax.

Dialing Prefix Off (default)

Custom

Use this feature to specify a prefix numberthat must be dialed when sending faxes fromthe device.

Billing Codes Off (default)

Custom

When billing codes are enabled, a promptappears that asks the user to enter the billingcode for an outgoing fax.

Minimum Length The range is between 1 and 16 digits. The default is 1 digit.

Table 2-11 Fax Setup menu (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 41

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Fax Receive Settings Rings To Answer The range varies bylocation. The factorydefault is 2 rings.

Use this feature to specify the number of ringsthat must occur before the fax modemanswers.

Ring Interval Default (default)

Custom

Use this feature to control the time betweenrings for incoming faxes.

Ringer Volume Off

Low (default)

High

Set the volume for the fax ring-tone.

Blocked FaxNumbers

Add BlockedNumbers

Type the fax numberto add.

Use this feature to add or delete numbersfrom the blocked fax list. The blocked fax listcan contain up to 30 numbers. When thedevice receives a call from one of the blockedfax numbers, it deletes the incoming fax. Italso logs the blocked fax in the activity logalong with job-accounting information.

Remove BlockedNumbers

Select a fax numberto remove.

Clear All BlockedNumbers

No (default)

Yes

Table 2-11 Fax Setup menu (continued)

42 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

E-mail SetupUse this menu to enable the e-mail feature and to configure basic e-mail settings.

NOTE To configure advanced e-mail settings, use the embedded Web server. For moreinformation, see Use the embedded Web server.

Table 2-12 E-mail Setup menu

Menu item Values Description

Address Validation On (default)

Off

This option enables the device to check e-mail syntax when you typean e-mail address. Valid e-mail addresses require the "@" sign anda ".".

Find Send Gateways Search the network for SMTP gateways that the device can use tosend e-mail.

SMTP Gateway Enter a value. Specify the IP address of the SMTP gateway that is used to send e-mail from the device.

Test Send Gateway Test the configured SMTP gateway to see if it is functional.

Send Setup menuTable 2-13 Send Setup menu

Menu item Values Description

Replicate MFP Enter a value (IP Address). Copy the local Send settings from one device to another.

Allow Transfer to New DSS

NOTE This itemappears only for theHP LaserJet M5035MFP models.

Use this feature to allow the transfer of the device from one HP DigitalSending Software (DSS) server to another.

HP DSS is a software package that handles digital sending tasks suchas faxing, e-mail, and sending a scanned document to a networkfolder.

Allow Use of Digital Send Service

NOTE This itemappears only for theHP LaserJet M5035MFP models.

This feature allows you to configure the device for use with anHP Digital Sending Software (DSS) server.

ENWW Use the Administration menu 43

Device Behavior menu

NOTE Values shown with "(default)" are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Table 2-14 Device Behavior menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Language Select the languagefrom the list.

Use this feature to select a different languagefor control-panel messages. When you selecta new language, the keyboard layout mightalso change.

Key Press Sound On (default)

Off

Use this feature to specify whether you heara sound when you touch the screen or pressbuttons on the control panel.

Inactivity Timeout Type a valuebetween 10 and 300seconds. The factorydefault is 60seconds.

Use this feature to specify the amount of timethat elapses between any activity on thecontrol panel and the device resetting to thedefault settings.

Warning/ErrorBehavior

Clearable Warnings On

Job (default)

Use this feature to set the amount of time thata clearable warning appears on the controlpanel.

Continuable Events Auto continue (10seconds) (default)

Touch OK tocontinue

Use this option to configure the devicebehavior when the device encounters certainerrors.

Jam Recovery Auto (default)

On

Off

Use this feature to configure how the devicehandles pages that are lost during a jam.

44 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Tray Behavior Use Requested Tray Exclusively (default)

First

Use this feature to control how the devicehandles jobs that have specified a specificinput tray.

Manually FeedPrompt

Always (default)

Unless Loaded

Use this feature to indicate whether a promptshould appear when the type or size for a jobdoes not match the specified tray and thedevice pulls from the multipurpose trayinstead.

PS Defer Media Enabled (default)

Disabled

Use this feature to choose either thePostScript (PS) or HP paper-handling model.

Use Another Tray Enabled (default)

Disabled

Use this feature to turn on or off the control-panel prompt to select another tray when thespecified tray is empty.

Size/Type Prompt Display

Do not display(default)

Use this feature to control whether the trayconfiguration message appears whenever atray is opened or closed.

Duplex Blank Pages Auto (default)

Yes

Use this feature to control how the devicehandles two-sided jobs (duplexing).

Image Rotation Standard (default)

Alternate

This option is available if the device does nothave a finisher that requests rotation. ImageRotation allows users to put paper in the inputtray using the same orientation, regardless ofwhether a finisher is installed.

Select the Standard setting to match theloading orientation of other devices that havea finisher.

Select the Alternate setting to use a differentloading orientation that might work better withpreprinted forms that are used on legacyproducts.

Stapler/Stacker

NOTEThis itemappearsonly if astapler/stacker isinstalled.

Staple None

One left angled

Use this feature to set stapling characteristicsfor the device.

Staples Out Continue (default)

Stop

Table 2-14 Device Behavior menu (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 45

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

General CopyBehavior

Scan Ahead Enabled (default)

Disabled

Use this feature to turn on no-wait scanning.With Scan Ahead enabled, the pages in theoriginal document are scanned to disk andheld until the device becomes available.

Auto Print Interrupt Enabled

Disabled

When this feature is enabled, copy jobs caninterrupt print jobs that are set to print multiplecopies.

The copy job is inserted into the print queueat the end of one copy of the print job. Afterthe copy job is complete, the devicecontinues printing the remaining copies of theprint job.

Copy Interrupt Enabled

Disabled

When this feature is enabled, a copy job thatis currently printing can be interrupted whena new copy job is started. You are promptedto confirm that you want to interrupt thecurrent job.

General PrintBehavior

Default Paper Size Select from the list ofpaper sizes.

Use this feature to configure the default papersize used for print jobs.

Override A4/Letter No

Yes (default)

Use this feature to print on letter-size paperwhen an A4 job is sent but no A4-size paperis loaded in the device (or to print on A4 paperwhen a letter-size job is sent but no letter-sizepaper is loaded). This option will also overrideA3 with ledger-size paper and ledger with A3-size paper.

Manual Feed Enabled

Disabled (default)

When this feature is enabled, the user canselect manual feed from the control panel asthe paper source for a job.

Courier Font Regular (default)

Dark

Use this feature to select which version of theCourier font you want to use.

Wide A4 Enabled

Disabled (default)

Use this feature to change the printable areaof A4-size paper. If you enable this option,eighty 10-pitch characters can be printed ona single line of A4 paper.

Print PS Errors Enabled

Disabled (default)

Use this feature to select whether aPostScript (PS) error page is printed whenthe device encounters a PS error.

Print PDF Errors Enabled

Disabled (default)

Use this feature to select whether a PDF errorpage is printed when the device encountersa PDF error.

Personality Auto (default)

PCL

PDF

PS

Select the printer language that the deviceshould use.

Normally you should not change thelanguage. If you change the setting to aspecific language, the device does notautomatically switch from one language toanother unless specific software commandsare sent to the device.

Table 2-14 Device Behavior menu (continued)

46 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

PCL Form Length Type a valuebetween 5 and 128lines. The factorydefault is 60 lines.

PCL is a set of printer commands thatHewlett-Packard developed to provideaccess to printer features.

Orientation Portrait (default)

Landscape

Select the orientation that is most often usedprint jobs. Select Portrait if the short edge isat the top or select Landscape if the long edgeis at the top.

Font Source Select the sourcefrom the list.

Use this feature to select the font source forthe user-defined soft default font.

Font Number Type the fontnumber. The range isbetween 0 and 999.The factory default is0.

Use this feature to specify the font number forthe user-soft default font using the source thatis specified in the Font Source menu item.The device assigns a number to each fontand lists it on the PCL font list (available fromthe Administration menu).

Font Pitch Type a valuebetween 0.44 and99.99. The factorydefault is 10.00.

If Font Source and Font Number indicate acontour font, then use this feature to select adefault pitch (for a fixed-spaced font).

Font Point Size Type a valuebetween 4.00 and999.75. The factorydefault is 12.00.

If Font Source and Font Number indicate acontour font, then use this feature to select adefault point size (for a proportional-spacedfont).

Symbol Set PC-8 (default)

(50 additional symbolsets from which tochoose)

Use this feature to select any one of severalavailable symbol sets from the control panel.A symbol set is a unique grouping of all thecharacters in a font.

Append CR to LF No (default)

Yes

Use this feature to configure whether acarriage return (CR) is appended to each linefeed (LF) encountered in backwards-compatible PCL jobs (pure text, no jobcontrol).

Suppress BlankPages

No (default)

Yes

This option is for users who are generatingtheir own PCL, which could include extra formfeeds that would cause blank pages to beprinted. When Yes is selected, form feeds areignored if the page is blank.

Media SourceMapping

Standard (default)

Classic

Use this feature to select and maintain inputtrays by number when you are not using thedevice driver, or when the software programhas no option for tray selection.

Table 2-14 Device Behavior menu (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 47

Print Quality menu

NOTE Values shown with "(default)" are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Table 2-15 Print Quality menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Set Registration Source All trays

Tray <X>: <contents>(choose a tray)

Use Set Registration to shift the margin alignment tocenter the image on the page from top to bottom andfrom left to right. You can also align the image on thefront with the image printed on the back.

Select the source input tray for printing the SetRegistration page.

Test Page Print (button) Print a test page for setting the registration. Follow theinstructions that are printed on the page to adjust eachtray.

Adjust Tray <X> Shift from -20 to 20 alongthe X or Y axes. 0 is thedefault.

Perform the alignment procedure for each tray.

When it creates an image, the device scans across thepage from side to side as the sheet feeds from top tobottom into the device.

Fuser Modes <Paper Type> Configure the fuser mode associated with each mediatype.

Restore Modes Restore (button) Restore the fuser modes to the default settings.

Optimize High Transfer Normal (default)

Increased

Optimize print engine parameters to get the bestpossible print quality for all jobs in addition to specifyingmedia type.

More Separation 1 Off (default)

On

More Separation 2 Off (default)

On

Line Detail Off (default)

On

Fuser Temp Normal

Reduced

Restore Optimize Restore (button) Reset all the Optimize parameters to the factory defaultsettings.

Resolution 300

600

FastRes 1200 (default)

ProRes 1200

Use this feature to select the print resolution.

REt Off

Light

Enable Resolution Enhancement technology (REt),which produces print output with smooth angles,

48 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Medium (default)

Dark

curves, and edges. All print resolutions, includingFastRes 1200, benefit from REt.

Economode Enabled

Disabled (default)

When Economode is enabled, the device prints with areduced amount of toner per page; however, the printquality of the page is slightly reduced.

Toner Density Choose from a range of 1to 5. 3 is the default.

Lighten or darken the print on the page. 1 is the lightestand 5 is the darkest.

Calibration/Cleaning Auto Cleaning Enabled

Disabled (default)

When auto-cleaning is on, the device prints a cleaningpage when the page count reaches the value that is setin Cleaning Interval.

NOTE Available on the HP LaserJetM5035X and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP.

Cleaning Interval 1000 (default)

2000

5000

10000

20000

Set the interval when the cleaning page should beprinted. The interval is measured by the number ofpages printed.

NOTE Available on the HP LaserJetM5035X and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP.

Auto Cleaning Size Letter

A4

Select the size of paper used for the cleaning page.

NOTE Available on the HP LaserJetM5035X and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP.

Create Cleaning Page Create (button) Generate a page for cleaning excess toner off thepressure roller in the fuser. The page has instructionsthat guide you through the cleaning process.

NOTE Not available when an automaticduplexer is installed.

Process Cleaning Page Process (button) Process the cleaning page that was created by usingthe Create Cleaning Page menu item. The processtakes up to 2.5 minutes.

If an automatic duplexer is installed, this item createsthe cleaning page and processes it.

Table 2-15 Print Quality menu (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 49

Troubleshooting menu

NOTE Values shown with "(default)" are the factory-default values. Some menu items have nodefault.

Table 2-16 Troubleshooting menu

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Event Log Print (button) Use this feature to show the 50 most recentevents in the event log.

Touch Print to print the full event log.

Calibrate Scanner Calibrate Use this feature to compensate for offsets inthe scanner imaging system (carriage head)for ADF and flatbed scans.

You might need to calibrate the scanner if itis not capturing the correct sections ofscanned documents.

Fax T.30 Trace T.30 Report Use this feature to print or configure the faxT.30 trace report. T.30 is the standard thatspecifies handshaking, protocols, and errorcorrection between fax machines.

When to Print Report Never auto print

Print after any fax job

Print after fax sendjobs

Print after any faxerror

Print after senderrors only

Print after receiveerrors only

Fax Transmit SignalLoss

A value between 0and 30.

Use this feature to set loss levels tocompensate for phone line signal loss. Youshould not modify this setting unlessrequested to do so by an HP servicerepresentative because it could cause the faxto stop functioning.

Fax V.34 Normal (default)

Off

Use this feature to disable V.34 modulationsif several fax failures have occurred or ifphone line conditions require it.

Fax Speaker Mode Normal (default)

Diagnostic

This feature can be used by a technician toevaluate and diagnose fax issues by listeningto the sounds of fax modulations. The factorydefault setting is Normal.

Paper Path Sensors Initiate a test of the paper path sensors.

50 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Paper Path Test Test Page Print (button) Generate a test page for testing paperhandling features. You can define the paththat is used for the test in order to test specificpaper paths.

Source All trays

Tray 1

Tray 2

(Additional trays areshown, if applicable.)

Specify whether the test page will be printedfrom all trays or from a specific tray.

Destination A list of output binsappears.

Select the output option for the test page. Youcan choose to send the test page to all outputbins or only to a specific bin.

Duplex Off (default)

On

Select whether the duplexer should beincluded in the Paper Path test.

Copies 1 (default)

10

50

100

500

Select how many pages should be sent fromthe specified source as part of the Paper Pathtest.

Table 2-16 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 51

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Finishing Paper PathTest

Stapling Finishing Options Choose from a list ofavailable options.

Test paper handling features for the finisher.

Select the option that you want to test.

Media Size Letter

Legal

A4

Executive (JIS)

8.5 x 13

Select the paper size for the Finishing PaperPath Test.

Media Type Select the paper type for the Finishing PaperPath Test.

Copies Select the number of copies to include in theFinishing Paper Path Test.

Duplex Off

On

Select whether to use the duplexer in theFinishing Paper Path Test. The defaultsetting is 2 copies.

Test Page Print (button) Print a test page to use for the FinishingPaper Path Test.

Stacking Media Size Letter

Legal

A4

Executive (JIS)

8.5 x 13

Select the options that you want to use to testthe stacker.

Media Type Select from a list oftypes.

Select the type of media to use for theFinishing Paper Path Test.

Copies Select the number of copies to include in theFinishing Paper Path Test. The defaultsetting is 2 copies.

Duplex Off

On

Select whether to use the duplexer in theFinishing Paper Path Test.

Test Page Print (button) Print a test page to use for the FinishingPaper Path Test.

Manual Sensor Test Test the device sensors and switches forcorrect operation. Each sensor is displayedon the control-panel screen, along with itsstatus. Manually trip each sensor and watchfor it to change on the screen. Press the Stopbutton to abort the test.

Component Test Exercise individual parts independently toisolate noise, leaking, or other issues. To startthe test, select one of the components. Thetest will run the number of times specified bythe Repeat option. You might be prompted toremove parts from the device during the test.Press the Stop button to abort the test.

Table 2-16 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

52 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

Menu item Sub-menu item Sub-menu item Values Description

Print/Stop Test Continuous valuefrom 0 to 60,000milliseconds. Thedefault is 0milliseconds.

Isolate faults by stopping the device duringthe print cycle and observing where in theprocess the image degrades. To run the test,specify a stop time. The next job that is sentto the device will stop at the specified time inthe process.

Scanner Tests This menu item is used by a servicetechnician to diagnose potential problemswith the device scanner.

Control Panel LEDs Use this feature to make sure thecomponents of the control panel arefunctioning correctly.Display

Buttons

Touchscreen

Table 2-16 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

ENWW Use the Administration menu 53

Resets menuTable 2-17 Resets menu

Menu item Values Description

Clear Local Address Book Clear (button) Use this feature to clear all addresses from the address books thatare stored on the device.

Clear Fax Activity Log Yes

No (default)

Use this feature to clear all events from the Fax Activity Log.

Restore Factory Telecom Setting Restore (button) Use this option to restore the telephone-related settings that are inthe Initial Setup menu to factory default values.

Restore Factory Settings Restore (button) Use this feature to restore all device settings to their factory defaults.

Clear Maintenance Message Clear (button) Clear the Order Maintenance Kit and Replace Maintenance Kitwarning messages.

Clear Document FeederMessage

Clear (button) Use this feature to clear the Order Document Feeder Kit and ReplaceDocument Feeder Kit warning messages.

Reset Supplies New Maintenance Kit (Yes/No)

New Document Feeder Kit (Yes/No)

Notify the device that a new maintenance kit or document feeder kithas been installed.

Service menuThe Service menu is locked and requires a PIN for access. This menu is intended for use by authorizedservice personnel.

54 Chapter 2 Control panel ENWW

3 I/O Configuration

● USB configuration

● Network configuration

ENWW 55

USB configurationThis device supports a USB 2.0 connection. You must use an A-to-B type USB cable for printing.

Figure 3-1 USB connection

1 USB connector

2 USB port (type B)

56 Chapter 3 I/O Configuration ENWW

Network configurationYou might need to configure certain network parameters on the device. You can configure theseparameters in the following locations:

● Installation software

● Device control panel

● Embedded Web server

● Management software (HP Web Jetadmin or HP LaserJet Utility for Macintosh)

NOTE For more information about using the embedded Web server, see Use the embeddedWeb server

For more information on supported networks and network configuration tools, see the HP Jetdirect PrintServer Administrator’s Guide. The guide comes with printers in which an HP Jetdirect print server isinstalled.

This section contains the following information about configuring network parameters:

● Configure TCP/IPv4 parameters

● Configure TCP/IPv6 parameters

● Disable network protocols (optional)

● HP Jetdirect EIO print servers

Configure TCP/IPv4 parametersIf your network doesn't provide automatic IP addressing through DHCP, BOOTP, RARP, or anothermethod, you might need to enter the following parameters manually before you can print over thenetwork:

● IP address (4 bytes)

● Subnet mask (4 bytes)

● Default gateway (4 bytes)

Set an IP addressYou can view the current IP address of the device from the control-panel Home screen by touchingNetwork Address.

Use the following procedure to change the IP address manually.

1. Scroll to and touch Administration.

2. Scroll to and touch Initial Setup.

3. Touch Networking and I/O.

4. Touch Embedded Jetdirect.

5. Touch TCP/IP.

ENWW Network configuration 57

6. Touch IPV4 Settings.

7. Touch Config Method.

8. Touch Manual.

9. Touch Save.

10. Touch Manual Settings.

11. Touch IP Address.

12. Touch the IP Address text box.

13. Use the touchscreen keypad to type the IP address.

14. Touch OK.

15. Touch Save.

Set the subnet mask1. Scroll to and touch Administration.

2. Scroll to and touch Initial Setup.

3. Touch Networking and I/O.

4. Touch Embedded Jetdirect.

5. Touch TCP/IP.

6. Touch IPV4 Settings.

7. Touch Config Method.

8. Touch Manual.

9. Touch Save.

10. Touch Manual Settings.

11. Touch Subnet Mask.

12. Touch the Subnet Mask text box.

13. Use the touchscreen keypad to type the subnet mask.

14. Touch OK.

15. Touch Save.

Set the default gateway1. Scroll to and touch Administration.

2. Scroll to and touch Initial Setup.

3. Touch Networking and I/O.

4. Touch Embedded Jetdirect.

58 Chapter 3 I/O Configuration ENWW

5. Touch TCP/IP.

6. Touch IPV4 Settings.

7. Touch Config Method.

8. Touch Manual.

9. Touch Save.

10. Touch Manual Settings.

11. Touch Default Gateway.

12. Touch the Default Gateway text box.

13. Use the touchscreen keyboard to type the default gateway.

14. Touch OK.

15. Touch Save.

Configure TCP/IPv6 parametersFor information about configuring the device for a TCP/IPv6 network, see the HP Jetdirect EmbeddedPrint Server Administrator's Guide.

Disable network protocols (optional)By factory default, all supported network protocols are enabled. Disabling unused protocols has thefollowing benefits:

● It decreases device-generated network traffic.

● It prevents unauthorized users from printing to the device.

● It provides only pertinent information on the configuration page.

● It allows the device control panel to display protocol-specific error and warning messages.

Disable IPX/SPX

NOTE Do not disable this protocol in Windows-based systems that print to the printer throughIPX/SPX.

1. Scroll to and touch Administration.

2. Scroll to and touch Initial Setup.

3. Touch Networking and I/O.

4. Touch Embedded Jetdirect.

5. Touch IPX/SPX.

6. Touch Enable.

ENWW Network configuration 59

7. Touch Off.

8. Touch Save.

Disable AppleTalk1. Scroll to and touch Administration.

2. Scroll to and touch Initial Setup.

3. Touch Networking and I/O.

4. Touch Embedded Jetdirect.

5. Touch AppleTalk.

6. Touch Enable.

7. Touch Off.

8. Touch Save.

Disable DLC/LLC1. Scroll to and touch Administration.

2. Scroll to and touch Initial Setup.

3. Touch Networking and I/O.

4. Touch Embedded Jetdirect.

5. Touch DLC/LLC.

6. Touch Enable.

7. Touch Off.

8. Touch Save.

HP Jetdirect EIO print serversHP Jetdirect print servers (network cards) can be installed in the EIO slot. These cards support multiplenetwork protocols and operating systems. HP Jetdirect print servers facilitate network management byallowing you to connect a printer directly to your network at any location. HP Jetdirect print servers alsosupport the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), which provides remote printer managementand troubleshooting through the HP Web Jetadmin software.

NOTE Configure the card through the control panel, the printer installation software, or HP WebJetadmin. Refer to the HP Jetdirect print server documentation for more information.

60 Chapter 3 I/O Configuration ENWW

4 Media and trays

● General guidelines for media

● Considerations for special media

● Select print media

● Printing and paper-storage environment

● Load media into the input trays

● Load documents for faxing, copying, and scanning

● Print on rotated media

● Print full-bleed images

● Print on custom-size media

● Control print jobs

ENWW 61

General guidelines for mediaHewlett-Packard Company recommends testing any paper before buying it in large quantities.

CAUTION Using media that does not conform to the specifications listed here or in theHP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide can cause problems that require service. Thisservice is not covered by the Hewlett-Packard warranty or service agreements. To download acopy of the guide, go to www.hp.com/support/ljpaperguide.

Paper to avoidThe product can handle many types of paper. Using paper that does not meet specifications will causelower print quality and increase the chance of jams.

● Do not use paper that is too rough. Use paper with a tested smoothness rating of 100–250 Sheffield.

● Do not use paper, other than standard 3-hole punched paper, that contains cutouts or perforations.

● Do not use multipart forms.

● Do not use paper that has already been printed on, or that has been fed through a photocopier.

● Do not use paper that contains a watermark if you are printing solid patterns.

● Do not use heavily embossed or raised-letterhead papers.

● Do not use papers that have heavily textured surfaces.

● Do not use offset powders or other materials that prevent printed forms from sticking together.

● Do not use paper that has a colored coating that was added after the paper was produced.

Paper that can damage the deviceIn rare circumstances, paper can damage the device. The following paper must be avoided to preventpossible damage to the device:

● Do not use paper with staples attached.

● Do not use transparencies, labels, or photo or glossy paper designed for Inkjet printers or otherlow temperature printers. Use only media that is specified for use with HP LaserJet printers.

● Do not use any media that produces hazardous emissions, or that melts, offsets, or discolors whenexposed to the temperature of the fuser.

● Do not use paper that is embossed or coated, or any media that is not designed to withstand thefusing temperature of the device. Do not use letterhead paper or preprinted forms that are madewith dyes or inks that cannot withstand the heat of the fuser.

To order HP LaserJet printing supplies, see Order parts, accessories, and supplies.

62 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

General media specificationsFor complete paper specifications for all HP LaserJet devices, see the HP LaserJet Printer Family PrintMedia Guide (available at www.hp.com/support/ljpaperguide) .

Category Specifications

Acid content 5.5 pH to 8.0 pH

Caliper 0.094 to 0.18 mm (3.0 to 7.0 mils)

Curl in ream Flat within 5 mm (0.02 in)

Cut edge conditions Cut with sharp blades with no visible fray.

Fusing compatibility Must not scorch, melt, offset, or release hazardous emissions when heated to 200°C (392°F) for 0.1 second.

Grain Long grain

Moisture content 4% to 6% by weight

Smoothness 100 to 250 Sheffield

ENWW General guidelines for media 63

Considerations for special mediaTable 4-1 Media considerations

Media type Considerations

Envelopes ● Use only tray 1 to print envelopes. Choose envelopes in the printer driver (see Select the correctprinter driver).

● Prior to printing, envelopes should lie flat with less than 6 mm (0.25 in) curl, and should notcontain air.

● Envelopes should not be wrinkled, nicked, or otherwise damaged.

● Envelopes with a peel-off adhesive strip or with more than one flap that folds over to seal mustuse adhesives compatible with the heat and pressure in the device. The extra flaps and stripsmight cause wrinkling, creasing, or even jams and might even damage the fuser.

● For the best print quality, position margins no closer than 15 mm (0.6 in) from the edges of theenvelope. Avoid printing over the area where the envelope seams meet.

● The device might print at a slower speed when printing envelopes. In addition, printingperformance depends on the construction of the envelope. Always test a few sample envelopesbefore purchasing a large quantity.

● Envelopes with double-side seam-construction are more likely to wrinkle. If you print envelopeswith double-side seams, use only envelopes in which the seam extends all the way to the cornerof the envelope.

WARNING! Never use envelopes that contain coated linings, exposed self-stick adhesives,or other synthetic materials. These items can emit noxious fumes.

Labels ● Print labels from tray 1.

● Use only labels specified for use with HP LaserJet printers.

● Prior to printing, labels must lie flat with no more than 13 mm (0.5 in) of curl in any direction.

● Only use labels with no exposed backing between them.

● Condition: Do not use labels with wrinkles, bubbles, or other indications of separation.

● Remove label sheets from the output bin as they are printed to prevent them from stickingtogether.

● Do not feed a sheet of labels through the device more than once. The adhesive backing isdesigned for one pass through the device.

● Do not print on both sides of labels.

64 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Media type Considerations

CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can damage the device.

If a sheet of labels becomes jammed in the device, see Clear jams.

NOTE Choose labels in the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

Transparencies ● Print transparencies from tray 1.

● Use only transparencies specified for use with HP LaserJet printers

● Remove transparencies from the output bin as they are printed to prevent them from stickingtogether.

● Place transparencies on a flat surface after removing them from the device.

NOTE Choose transparencies in the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

Card stock and heavymedia

You can print many types of card stock from the input tray, including index cards and postcards. Somecard stock performs better than others because its construction is better suited for feeding through alaser printer.

● Use tray 1 for card stock (164 g/m2 to 199 g/m2; 43- to 53-lb cover).

● Card stock should lie flat with less than 5 mm (0.2 inch) of curl.

● Make sure that the card stock is not wrinkled, nicked, or otherwise damaged.

● Set margins at least 2 mm (0.08 inch) away from the edges.

CAUTION In general, do not use paper that is heavier than the media specificationrecommended for this device. Doing so can cause misfeeds, jams, reduced print quality, andexcessive mechanical wear. However, some heavier media, such as HP Cover Stock, canbe used safely.

NOTE Select Cardstock (164 g/m2 to 199 g/m2; 43- to 53-lb cover) in the printer driver.

Letterhead andpreprinted forms

Letterhead is premium paper that often has a watermark, sometimes uses cotton fiber, and is availablein a wide range of colors and finishes with matching envelopes. Preprinted forms can be made of abroad spectrum of paper types ranging from recycled to premium.

Many manufacturers now design these grades of paper with properties optimized for laser printingand advertise the paper as laser compatible or laser guaranteed. Some of the rougher surfacefinishes, such as cockle, laid, or linen, might require the special fuser modes that are available onsome printer models to achieve adequate toner adhesion.

NOTE Some page-to-page variation is normal when printing with laser printers. Thisvariation cannot be observed when printing on plain paper. However, this variation is obviouswhen printing on preprinted forms because the lines and boxes are already placed on thepage.

Table 4-1 Media considerations (continued)

ENWW Considerations for special media 65

Media type Considerations

To avoid problems when using preprinted forms, embossed paper, and letterhead, observe thefollowing guidelines:

● Use preprinted forms and letterhead paper that have been printed by offset lithography orengraving.

● When the form is preprinted, be careful not to change the moisture content of the paper, and donot use materials that change the paper's electrical or handling properties. Seal the forms inmoisture-proof wrap to prevent moisture changes during storage.

NOTE To print a single-page cover letter on letterhead, followed by a multiple-pagedocument, feed the letterhead face up in tray 1, and load the standard paper into one of theother trays. The device automatically prints from tray 1 first.

Vellum Vellum is special lightweight paper similar to parchment.

● Print vellum from tray 1 only.

● Do not print on both sides of vellum.

NOTE From the printer driver, set the type of paper for tray 1 to vellum or light, and selectthe media by type.

Colored paper Colored paper should be of the same high quality as white xerographic paper.

HP LaserJet Toughpaper

● Use only HP LaserJet Tough paper. HP products are designed to work together for optimumprinting results.

● Handle HP LaserJet Tough paper by the edges. Oils from your fingers can cause print-qualityproblems.

Recycled paper This device supports recycled paper. Recycled paper must meet the same specifications as standardpaper. See the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide. Hewlett-Packard recommends thatrecycled paper contain no more than 5% ground wood.

Table 4-1 Media considerations (continued)

66 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Select the correct fuser modeThe device automatically adjusts the fuser mode based on the media type to which the tray is set. Forexample, heavy paper, such as card stock, might need a higher fuser-mode setting in order to make thetoner adhere better to the page, but transparencies need a lower fuser-mode setting to avoid damageto the device. The default setting generally provides the best performance for most print-media types.

The fuser mode can be changed only if the media type has been set for the tray that you are using.See Control print jobs. After the media type has been set for the tray, then the fuser mode for that typecan be changed on the Administration menu in the Print Quality submenu at the device control panel.See Print Quality menu.

NOTE Using the High 1 or High 2 fuser mode setting improves the ability of the toner to adhereto paper, but it might cause other problems, such as excessive curl. The device might print at aslower speed when the fuser mode is set to High 1 or High 2. The table below describes the idealfuser mode setting for supported media types.

Media type Fuser mode setting

Plain Normal

Preprinted Normal

Letterhead Normal

Transparency Low 3

Prepunched Normal

Labels Normal

Bond Normal

Recycled Normal

Color Normal

Light Low 1

Card stock Normal

Rough High 1

Envelope Envelope

To reset the fuser modes to the default settings, touch the Administration menu at the device controlpanel. Touch Print Quality, touch Fuser Modes, and then touch Restore Modes.

ENWW Considerations for special media 67

Select print mediaThis device accepts a variety of media, such as cut-sheet paper, including up to 100% recycled fibercontent paper; envelopes; labels; transparencies; and custom-size paper. Properties such as weight,composition, grain, and moisture content are important factors that affect device performance and outputquality. Paper that does not meet the guidelines that are outlined in this manual can cause the followingproblems:

● Poor print quality

● Increased jams

● Premature wear on the device, requiring repair

CAUTION Using media that does not meet HP specifications can cause problems for thedevice, requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the HP warranty or service agreements.

Automatic size-sensingThe device automatically senses the standard sizes of media loaded into trays 2 and 3 (and optionaltrays 4, 5, and 6) shown in the following list.

● A4 (297 x 210 mm; 11.7 x 8.27 inch)

● Letter (279 x 216 mm; 11 x 8.5 inch)

● B4-JIS (257 x 364 mm; 10.1 x 14.33 inch)

● B5-JIS (257 x 182 mm; 10.1 x 7.2 inch)

● Legal (216 x 356 mm; 8.5 x 14 inch)

● Executive (267 x 184 mm; 10.5 x 7.25 inch)

● A5 (210 x 148 mm; 8.27 x 5.83 inch)

● Executive JIS (216 x 330 mm; 8.5 x 13 inch)

● A3 (297 x 420 mm; 11.69 x 16.54 inch)

● Ledger (279 x 432 mm; 11 x 17 inch)

NOTE A3- and ledger-size media are not supported in tray 2.

68 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Supported media weights and sizesThis section contains information about the sizes, weights, and capacities of paper and other print mediathat each tray supports.

Table 4-2 Tray 1 specifications

Media type Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2

Paper Minimum: 76 x 127 mm(3 x 5 inches)

Maximum: 312 x 470 mm(12.25 x 18.5 inches)

60 to 199 g/m2 (16 to 53 lb) Up to 100 sheets of 60 to 120 g/m2

(16 to 32 lb) paper.

Fewer than 100 sheets of120 to 199 g/m2 (32 to 53 lb) paper(maximum stack height: 13 mm or0.5 inch)

Transparencies and opaquefilm

Minimum: 76 x 127 mm(3 x 5 inches)

Maximum: 312 x 470 mm(12.25 x 18.5 inches)

Thickness: 0.10 to 0.13 mm(4 to 5 mils)

Up to 13 mm (0.5 inch) stack height

Labels3 Minimum: 76 x 127 mm(3 x 5 inches)

Maximum: 312 x 470 mm(12.25 x 18.5 inches)

Thickness: up to 0.23 mm (up to9 mils)

Up to 13 mm (0.5 inch) stack height

Envelopes Minimum: 76 x 127 mm(3 x 5 inches)

Maximum: 312 x 470 mm(12.25 x 18.5 inches)

75 g/m2 to 90 g/m2 (20 to 24 lb) Up to 10 envelopes

1 The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.2 Capacity can vary depending on media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.3 Smoothness: 100 to 250 (Sheffield).

Table 4-3 Tray 2 specifications

Media type Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2

Paper Minimum: 148 x 210 mm(5.83 x 8.27 inches)

Maximum: 297 x 364 mm(11.7 x 14.33 inches)

60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb) Up to 250 sheets

1 The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.2 Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.

ENWW Select print media 69

Table 4-4 Tray 3 specifications

Media type Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2

Paper Minimum: 148 x 210 mm(5.83 x 8.27 inches)

Maximum: 297 x 432 mm(11.7 x 17 inches)

60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb) Up to 250 sheets

1 The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.2 Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.

Table 4-5 Optional trays 4, 5, and 6 specifications

Media type Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2

Paper Minimum: 148 x 210 mm(5.83 x 8.27 inches)

Maximum: 297 x 432 mm(11.7 x 17 inches)

60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb) Up to 500 sheets

1 The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.2 Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.

Table 4-6 Specifications for automatic 2-sided printing

Trays Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2

Tray 1 Minimum: 148 x 210 mm(5.83 x 8.27 inches)

Maximum: 297 x 432 mm(11.7 x 17 inches)

60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb) Up to 100 sheets

Tray 2 Minimum: 148 x 210 mm(5.83 x 8.27 inches)

Maximum: 297 x 364 mm(11.7 x 14.33 inches)

60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb) Up to 250 sheets

Tray 3 and optional trays 4, 5,and 6

Minimum: 148 x 210 mm(5.83 x 8.27 inches)

Maximum: 297 x 432 mm(11.7 x 17 inches)

60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb) Tray 3: up to 250 sheets

Optional trays 4, 5, and 6: up to500 sheets

1 The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.2 Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.

Table 4-7 Specifications for automatic stapling and stacking

Operation Dimensions1 Weight Output-bin capacity2

Automatic stapling Standard sizes supported:

● A4 (297 x 210 mm; 11.7 x 8.27 inch)

● Letter (279 x 216 mm; 11 x 8.5 inch)

60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb) Up to 500 sheets

70 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Operation Dimensions1 Weight Output-bin capacity2

NOTE Automatic stapling is not supportedfor rotated A4- or letter-size media.

Automatic stacking Standard sizes supported:

● A4 (297 x 210 mm; 11.7 x 8.27 inch)

● Letter (279 x 216 mm; 11 x 8.5 inch)

● B4-JIS (257 x 364 mm; 10.1 x 14.33 inch)

● B5-JIS (257 x 182 mm; 10.1 x 7.2 inch)

● Legal (216 x 356 mm; 8.5 x 14 inch)

● Executive (267 x 184 mm; 10.5 x 7.25 inch)

● A5 (210 x 148 mm; 8.27 x 5.83 inch)

● Executive JIS (216 x 330 mm; 8.5 x 13 inch)

● A3 (297 x 420 mm; 11.69 x 16.54 inch)

● Ledger (279 x 432 mm; 11 x 17 inch)

NOTE Automatic stacking is not supportedfor rotated A4- or letter-size media.

60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb) Up to 500 sheets

1 The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.2 Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.

Table 4-8 Specifications for the automatic document feeder (ADF)

Media type Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2

Paper Minimum: 138 x 210 mm (5.43 x 8.27 inches)

Maximum: 279 x 432 mm (11 x 17 inches)

60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb) Up to 50 pages

NOTE Theautomatic staplercan staple up to30 sheets.

1 The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.2 Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.

Table 4-7 Specifications for automatic stapling and stacking (continued)

ENWW Select print media 71

Printing and paper-storage environmentIdeally, the printing and paper-storage environment should be at or near room temperature, and not toodry or too humid. Remember paper is hygroscopic; it absorbs and loses moisture rapidly.

Heat works with humidity to damage paper. Heat causes the moisture in paper to evaporate, while coldcauses it to condense on the sheets. Heating systems and air conditioners remove most of the humidityfrom a room. As paper is opened and used, it loses moisture, causing streaks and smudging. Humidweather or water coolers can cause the humidity to increase in a room. As paper is opened and usedit absorbs any excess moisture, causing light print and dropouts. Also, as paper loses and gains moistureit can distort. This can cause jams.

As a result, paper storage and handling are as important as the paper-making process itself. Paperstorage environmental conditions directly affect the feed operation.

Care should be taken not to purchase more paper than can be easily used in a short time (about 3months). Paper stored for long periods might experience heat and moisture extremes, which can causedamage. Planning is important to prevent damage to a large supply of paper.

Unopened paper in sealed reams can remain stable for several months before use. Opened packagesof paper have more potential for environmental damage, especially if they are not wrapped with amoisture-proof barrier.

The paper-storage environment should be properly maintained to ensure optimum product performance.The required condition is 20° to 24°C (68° to 75°F), with a relative humidity of 45% to 55%. The followingguidelines should be helpful when evaluating the paper's storage environment:

● Paper should be stored at or near room temperature.

● The air should not be too dry or too humid (due to the hygroscopic properties of paper).

● The best way to store an opened ream of paper is to rewrap it tightly in its moisture-proof wrapping.If the product environment is subject to extremes, unwrap only the amount of paper to be usedduring the day's operation to prevent unwanted moisture changes.

● Proper storage of envelopes helps contribute to print quality. Envelopes should be stored flat. If airis trapped in an envelope, creating an air bubble, then the envelope might wrinkle duringprinting.

72 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Load media into the input traysLoad tray 1 (multipurpose tray)Load special print media, such as envelopes, labels, and transparencies, in tray 1 only. Load only paperin trays 2 and 3 (and optional trays 4, 5, and 6).

Tray 1 holds up to 100 sheets of paper, up to 75 transparencies, up to 50 sheets of labels, or up to 10envelopes.

1. Open tray 1 by pulling the front cover down.

2. Slide out the plastic tray extender. If the media that is being loaded is longer than 229 mm (9 in),also flip open the additional tray extender.

3. Slide the media-width guides slightly wider than the media.

ENWW Load media into the input trays 73

4. For single-sided printing or copying, place media into the tray with the side to be printed facing upand the top of the media toward the front of the device. The media should be centered betweenthe media-width guides and under the tabs on the media-width guides.

NOTE Load A4- and letter-size media with the long edge toward the device. Load othersizes (and load rotated A4- and letter-size media) with the short edge toward the device.

5. Slide the media-width guides inward until they lightly touch the media stack on both sides withoutbending it. Make sure that the media fits under the tabs on the media-width guides.

NOTE Do not add media to tray 1 while the device is printing. This could cause a jam. Do notclose the front door when the device is printing.

74 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Customize tray 1 operationThe device can be set to print from tray 1 if it is loaded, or to print only from tray 1 if the type of mediathat is loaded is specifically requested.

Setting Explanation

Tray 1 size is set to Any Size

Tray 1 type is set to Any Type

The device usually pulls media from tray 1 first unless it is empty or closed. If youdo not keep media in tray 1 all the time, or if you use tray 1 only to manually feedmedia, keep the default settings of the tray 1 size and type. The default settingsfor both the tray 1 size and type are Any. You can change size and type settingsfor tray 1 by touching the Trays tab under Supplies Status, and then touchingModify.

Tray 1 size or type is set to anything otherthan Any Size or Any Type

The device treats tray 1 like the other trays. Instead of looking for media in tray 1first, the device pulls media from the tray that matches type and size settings thatare selected in the software.

In the printer driver, you can select media from any tray (including tray 1) by type,size, or source. To print by type and size of paper, see Control print jobs.

ENWW Load media into the input trays 75

Load trays 2 and 3 (and optional trays 4, 5, and 6) Trays 2 and 3 (and optional trays 4, 5, and 6) support only paper. For supported paper sizes, see Selectprint media.

NOTE To take advantage of automatic size-sensing in the trays, load letter- and A4-size paperwith the short edge of the media toward the front of the tray, as detailed in the steps below.

1. Open the tray.

2. Press the tab on the paper-length guide and slide it so that the pointer matches the paper size thatyou are loading. Make sure that the guide clicks into place. Also adjust the side media-width guidesso that the pointer matches the paper size that you are loading.

76 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

3. Place the paper in the tray, with the side to be printed facing down for single-sided printing, orfacing up for automatic 2-side printing, and make sure that it is flat at all four corners. Keep thepaper below the height tabs on the paper-length guide in the rear of the tray.

4. Slide the tray into the device.

ENWW Load media into the input trays 77

Load special mediaThe following table provides guidelines for loading special media and configuring the printer driver. Usethe correct media-type setting in the printer driver to obtain the best print quality. For some types ofmedia, the device reduces the print speed.

NOTE In the Windows printer driver, adjust the media type on the Paper tab in the Type isdrop-down list.

In the Macintosh printer driver, adjust the media type on the Printer features pop-up menu inthe Media type drop-down list.

Media type Printer-driver setting Tray 1 media orientation Media orientation for othertrays

Normal Plain or unspecified Side to be printed facing up Side to be printed facing down

Envelopes Envelope Side to be printed facing up,stamp area nearest thedevice, short edge toward thedevice

Do not print envelopes fromother trays.

Labels Labels Side to be printed facing up Do not print labels from othertrays.

Transparencies Transparencies Side to be printed facing up Side to be printed facing down

Glossy Plain or unspecified Side to be printed facing up Side to be printed facing down

Letterhead (single-sidedprinting)

Letterhead Side to be printed facing up,with the top edge toward thefront of the device

Side to be printed facingdown, with the top edgetoward the front of the device

Letterhead (2-sided printing) Letterhead Side to be printed facingdown, with the top edgetoward the front of the device

Side to be printed facing up,top edge toward the front ofthe device

Prepunched (single-sidedprinting)

Plain or unspecified Side to be printed facing up,with the top edge toward thefront of the device

Side to be printed facingdown, with the top edgetoward the front of the device

Prepunched (2-sided printing) Plain or unspecified Side to be printed facingdown, with the top edgetoward the front of the device

Side to be printed facing up,top edge toward the front ofthe device

Cardstock Cardstock Side to be printed facing up Side to be printed facing down

Rough Rough Side to be printed facing up Side to be printed facing down

78 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Load documents for faxing, copying, and scanningLoad a document onto the scanner glassUse the scanner glass to copy, scan, or fax small, lightweight (less than 60 g/m2 or 16 lb), or irregularly-sized originals such as receipts, newspaper clippings, photographs, or old or worn documents.

1. Open the ADF lid.

2. Place the document face-down on the scanner glass, as shown below:

● For letter- and A4-size documents, place the top right-hand corner of the document at theback, left corner of the scanner glass.

ENWW Load documents for faxing, copying, and scanning 79

● For rotated letter- and A4-size documents, place the top left-hand corner of the document atthe back, left corner of the scanner glass. Also use this orientation for B5-size media and forcustom-size media that is less than 210 mm (8.25 inches) in width.

NOTE Make sure that the media in the input tray is loaded in the rotated orientation.

● For legal-size, 11 x 17, and A3-size documents, place the top left-hand corner of the documentat the back, left corner of the scanner glass.

3. Close the ADF lid before you fax, copy, or scan the document.

80 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Load the automatic document feeder (ADF)Use the ADF to copy, scan, or fax a document that has up to 50 pages (depending on the thickness ofthe pages).

1. Load the document face up in the ADF as shown below:

● For letter- and A4-size documents, insert the long edge of the document into the ADF withthe top of the document toward the back of the device.

● For rotated letter- and A4-size documents, insert the short edge (the top of the document) intothe ADF.

ENWW Load documents for faxing, copying, and scanning 81

● For legal-size, 11 x 17, and A3-size documents, insert the short edge (the top of the document)into the ADF.

2. Slide the stack into the ADF until it does not move any farther.

3. Adjust the media guides until they are snug against the media.

82 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Print on rotated media The device can print on letter, A4, A5, Executive, and B5 (JIS) print media in a rotated orientation (short-edge first) from tray 1 and from tray 2. Printing on rotated media is slower. Some types of media feedbetter when rotated, such as prepunched paper (especially when it is printed on both sides from theoptional duplexer) or labels that do not stack flat.

NOTE To print on rotated A5, Executive, or B5 media, configure the media size as Custom inthe printer driver.

Print from tray 1

1. Load media with the side to be printed facing up, and the top, short edge toward the device.

2. On the control panel, touch Supplies Status, touch the name of the tray, and then touch Modify.

3. Touch Custom.

4. Set the X Dimension and the Y Dimension. The labels in each tray indicate the X and Y directions.

5. In the printer driver or software program, select the paper size as you normally would (or selectCustom) and select tray 1 as the media source.

Print from tray 2

1. Load paper with the side to be printed facing down, and the top, short-edge toward the right-handside of the tray.

2. In the printer driver or software program, select the size and source of the rotated paper.

ENWW Print on rotated media 83

Print full-bleed images Full-bleed images extend from edge to edge of the page. To achieve this effect, use larger paper, thentrim its edges to the desired size.

CAUTION Never print directly to the edge of paper. This causes toner to accumulate inside thedevice, which may affect print quality and damage the device. Print on paper up to 312 x 470 mm(12.28 x 18.5 in), leaving margins on all four sides of at least 2 mm (0.08 in).

NOTE When printing paper wider than 297 mm (11.7 in), do not use the optional duplexer.

84 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

Print on custom-size media Custom-size paper can be printed from any of the trays. For media specifications, see Media andtrays.

NOTE Very small or very large custom-size paper should be printed from tray 1. The controlpanel can be set for one custom size at a time. Do not load more than one size of custom paperinto the device.

For best printing performance when you print large numbers of small or narrow media and standardpaper, print the standard paper first and then print the small or narrow media.

Guidelines for printing on custom-size paper● Do not attempt to print from tray 1 on paper smaller than 76 mm (3 inches) wide or 127 mm

(5 inches) long.

● Do not attempt to print from trays 2 or 3 (or from optional trays 4, 5, or 6) on paper smaller than148 mm (5.83 inches) wide or 210 mm (8.27 inches) long.

● Set page margins at least 4.23 mm (0.17 in) away from the edges.

Set custom paper sizesWhen custom paper is loaded, size settings need to be selected from the software program (thepreferred method), the printer driver, or the control panel.

NOTE All settings in the printer driver and software program (except configuring custom papersizes) override control panel settings. (Software program settings override printer driver settings.)

If the settings are not available from the software, set the custom paper size from the control panel:

1. On the control panel, touch Supplies Status, touch the name of the tray, and then touch Modify.

2. Touch Custom.

3. Set the X Dimension and the Y Dimension. The labels in each tray indicate the X and Y directions.

4. In the software, select Custom as the paper size.

ENWW Print on custom-size media 85

Load custom-size media into tray 1Load custom-size media in tray 1 using the same procedures as for standard-size media. See Loadtray 1 (multipurpose tray).

Load custom-size media into trays 2 and 3 (and optional trays 4, 5,and 6)1. Pull open the tray and remove any media.

2. Press the tab on media guide in the front of the tray and slide it so that the pointer shows a sizelarger than the paper size. Also adjust the side media-width guide to a size larger than the papersize that you are loading.

86 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

3. Place the media in the tray and make sure that it is flat at all four corners. Keep the stack belowthe height tabs on the paper-length guide in the rear of the tray.

4. On the paper-length guide, press the tab and slide it up against the edge of the stack. Also slidethe side media-width guides up against the edge of the stack.

5. Slide the tray into the device.

ENWW Print on custom-size media 87

Control print jobsWhen a job is sent to the printer, the printer driver controls what paper tray is used to pull media throughthe printer. By default, the printer automatically selects the tray, but a specific tray can be chosen basedon three user-specified settings: Source, Type, and Size. These settings are available from theApplication Setting dialog box, the Print dialog box, or the printer driver.

Setting Description

Source Directs the printer to pull paper from a user-specified tray. Theprinter tries to print from this tray, no matter what type or sizemedia is loaded in it. To begin printing, load the selected traywith the correct type or size of print media for the print job. Afterloading the tray, the printer begins printing. If the printer doesnot begin printing:

● Verify the tray configuration matches the size or type ofthe print job.

● Press OK to have the printer try to print from another tray.

Type or Size Directs the printer to pull paper or print media from the first traythat is loaded with the type or size that you selected. Alwaysprint by Type for special print media such as labels ortransparencies.

88 Chapter 4 Media and trays ENWW

5 Device features

● Use the stapler

● Use job storage features

ENWW 89

Use the staplerThe automatic stapler is only available on the HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP.

The optional stapler/stacker can staple jobs of up to 30 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper. The stapler canstaple these sizes: A4, Letter, Legal, Executive (JIS), and 8.5x13. It can stack up to 500 sheets of paper.

● Paper weight can range from 60 to 120 g/m2 (16 to 32 lb). Heavier paper might have a staplinglimit of fewer than 30 sheets.

● If the job consists of only one sheet, or if it consists of more than 30 sheets, the MFP delivers thejob to the bin, but the MFP does not staple the job.

● The stapler supports paper only. Do not try to staple other types of print media, such as envelopes,transparencies, or labels.

When you want the MFP staple a document, select stapling in the software. You can usually select thestapler in your program or printer driver, although some options might be available only in the printerdriver. Where and how you make selections depends on your program or printer driver.

If you cannot select the stapler in the program or printer driver, select the stapler at the MFP controlpanel.

The stapler accepts print jobs if it is out of staples, but it does not staple the pages. The printer drivercan be configured to disable the staple option if the staple cartridge is empty.

90 Chapter 5 Device features ENWW

Load staplesEach staple cassette holds 5,000 unformed staples.

1. Open the stapler door.

2. Lift up the green handle on the staple cartridge to dislodge it and then pull the cartridge out of thedevice.

3. Insert the staple cartridge into the opening inside the stapler door and then press the green handledown.

ENWW Use the stapler 91

4. Close the stapler door.

92 Chapter 5 Device features ENWW

Staple media

Select the stapler at the control panel for printed jobs

1. Touch Administration, touch Device Behavior, touch Stapler/Stacker, and then touch Staple.

2. Touch the option that you want to use, either None or One left angled.

NOTE Selecting the stapler at the printer control panel changes the default setting to Staple. Itis possible that all print jobs will be stapled. However, settings that are changed in the printerdriver override settings that are changed at the control panel.

Select the stapler in the printer driver for printed jobs (Windows)

NOTE The following procedure changes the default setting to staple all print jobs.

1. Open the printer driver. See Open the printer drivers. Look for the column with the heading "Tochange the print job default settings."

2. On the Output tab, click the drop-down list under Staple, and click One Staple Angled.

NOTE You can create a Quick Set with the appropriate settings.

Select the stapler in the printer driver for printed jobs (Mac)

Select the stapler by creating a new preset in the printer driver.

1. Open the printer driver. See Open the printer drivers. Look for the column with the heading "Tochange the print job default settings," and follow the instructions for the operating system that youare using.

2. Create the new preset.

Set the stapler at the control panel for all copy jobs

NOTE The following procedure changes the default setting for all copy jobs.

1. Touch Administration, touch Default Job Options, touch Default Copy Options, and then touchStaple/Collate.

2. Touch the option that you want to use, either None or One left angled.

Set the stapler at the control panel for a single copy job

NOTE The following procedure sets the stapling option for only the current copy job.

1. Touch Copyand then touch Staple/Collate.

2. Touch the option that you want to use, either None or Top left angled.

ENWW Use the stapler 93

Configure the device to stop or continue when the staple cartridge is empty

You can specify whether the MFP stops printing when the staple cartridge is empty or if it continuesprinting but does not staple the jobs.

1. Touch Administration, touch Device Behavior, touch Stapler/Stacker, and then touch StaplesOut.

2. Touch the option that you want to use:

● Select Stop to stop all printing until the staple cartridge is replaced.

● Select Continue to continue printing jobs without stapling them.

94 Chapter 5 Device features ENWW

Use job storage featuresThe following job-storage features are available for this device:

● Proof and hold jobs: This feature provides a quick and easy way to print and proof one copy ofa job and then print the additional copies.

● Private jobs: When you send a private job to the device, the job does not print until you providethe required personal identification number (PIN) at the control panel.

● QuickCopy jobs: You can print the requested number of copies of a job and then store a copy ofthe job on the device hard disk. Storing the job allows you to print additional copies of the job later.

● Stored jobs: You can store a job such as a personnel form, time sheet, or calendar on the deviceand allow other users to print the job at any time. Stored jobs also can be protected by a PIN.

Follow the instructions in this section to gain access to the job storage features at the computer. Seethe specific section for the type of print, copy, or scan job that you want to create.

CAUTION If you turn off the device, all QuickCopy, proof and hold, and private jobs are deleted.

Gain access to the job storage featuresFor Windows

1. On the File menu, click Print.

2. Click Properties, and then click the Job Storage tab.

3. Select the job storage mode that you want.

For Macintosh

In newer drivers: Select Job Storage in the pull-down menu in the Print dialog box. In older drivers,select Printer Specific Options.

ENWW Use job storage features 95

Use the proof and hold featureThe proof and hold feature provides a quick and easy way to print and proof one copy of a job and thento print the additional copies.

To permanently store the job and prevent the device from deleting it when space is needed for somethingelse, select the Stored Job option in the driver.

Create a proof and hold job

CAUTION If the device needs additional space to store newer proof and hold jobs, the devicedeletes other stored proof and hold jobs, starting with the oldest job. To permanently store a joband prevent the device from deleting it when space is needed, select the Stored Job option inthe driver instead of the Proof and Hold option.

In the driver, select the Proof and Hold option and type a user name and job name.

The device prints one copy of the job for you to proof. Then, see Print the remaining copies of a proofand hold job.

Print the remaining copies of a proof and hold jobAt the device control panel, use the following procedure to print the remaining copies of a job held onthe hard disk.

1. From the Home screen, touch Job Storage.

2. Touch the Retrieve tab.

3. Scroll to and touch the job storage folder that holds the job.

4. Scroll to and touch the job that you want to print.

5. Touch the Copies field to change the number of copies to print. Touch Retrieve Stored Job ( ) toprint the document.

Delete a proof and hold jobWhen you send a proof and hold job, the device automatically deletes your previous proof and hold job.

1. From the Home screen, touch Job Storage.

2. Touch the Retrieve tab.

3. Scroll to and touch the job storage folder that holds the job.

4. Scroll to and touch the job that you want to delete.

5. Touch Delete.

6. Touch Yes.

96 Chapter 5 Device features ENWW

Use the private job featureUse the private printing feature to specify that a job is not printed until you release it. First, set a 4-digitPIN by typing the PIN in the printer driver. The PIN is sent to the device as part of the print job. Afteryou have sent the print job to the device, you must use the PIN to print the job.

Create a private jobTo specify that a job is private, in the driver, select the Private Job option, type a user name and jobname, and then type a four-digit PIN. The job will not print until you enter the PIN at the device controlpanel.

Print a private jobYou can print a private job at the control panel after the job has been sent to the device.

1. From the Home screen, touch Job Storage.

2. Touch the Retrieve tab.

3. Scroll to and touch the job storage folder that holds the private job.

4. Scroll to and touch the private job that you want to print.

NOTE A private job will have a [lock symbol] next to it.

5. Touch the PIN field.

6. Use the numeric keypad to type the PIN, and then touch OK.

7. Touch the Copies field to change the number of copies to print.

8. Touch Retrieve Stored Job ( ) to print the document.

Delete a private jobA private job is automatically deleted from the device hard disk after you release it for printing. If youwant to delete the job without printing it, use this procedure.

1. From the Home screen, touch Job Storage.

2. Touch the Retrieve tab.

3. Scroll to and touch the job storage folder that holds the private job.

4. Scroll to and touch the private job that you want to delete.

NOTE A private job will have a [lock symbol] next to it.)

5. Touch the PIN field.

6. Use the numeric keypad to type the PIN, and then touch OK.

7. Touch Delete.

ENWW Use job storage features 97

Use the QuickCopy featureThe QuickCopy feature prints the requested number of copies of a job and stores a copy on the devicehard disk. Additional copies of the job can be printed later. This feature can be turned off in the printerdriver.

The default number of different QuickCopy jobs that can be stored on the device is 32. At the controlpanel, you can set a different default number. See Use the Administration menu.

Create a QuickCopy job

CAUTION If the device needs additional space to store newer QuickCopy jobs, the devicedeletes other stored QuickCopy jobs, starting with the oldest job. To permanently store a job andprevent the device from deleting it when space is needed, select the Job Storage option in thedriver instead of the QuickCopy option.

In the driver, select the QuickCopy option, and then type a user name and a job name.

When you send the job to print, the device prints the number of copies that you set in the driver. To printmore quick copies at the device control panel, see Print additional copies of a QuickCopy job.

Print additional copies of a QuickCopy jobThis section describes how to print additional copies of a job stored on the device hard disk at the controlpanel.

1. From the Home screen, touch Job Storage.

2. Touch the Retrieve tab.

3. Scroll to and touch the job storage folder that holds the job.

4. Scroll to and touch the job that you want to print.

5. Touch the Copies field to change the number of copies to print.

6. Touch Retrieve Stored Job ( ) to print the document.

Delete a QuickCopy jobDelete a QuickCopy job at the device control panel when you no longer need it. If the device requiresadditional space to store new QuickCopy jobs, the device automatically deletes other stored QuickCopyjobs, starting with the oldest job.

NOTE Stored QuickCopy jobs can be deleted at the control panel or in HP Web Jetadmin.

1. From the Home screen, touch Job Storage.

2. Touch the Retrieve tab.

3. Scroll to and touch the job storage folder that holds the job.

4. Scroll to and touch the job that you want to delete.

5. Touch Delete.

6. Touch Yes.

98 Chapter 5 Device features ENWW

Use the stored job featureYou can save a print job to the device hard disk without printing it. You can then print the job at any timeat the device control panel. For example, you might want to download a personnel form, calendar, timesheet, or accounting form that other users can print when they need it.

You also can create a stored copy job at the device control panel that can be printed at a later time.

Create a stored copy job1. Place the original document face-down on the glass or face-up in the ADF.

2. From the Home screen, touch Job Storage.

3. Touch the Create tab.

4. Specify the name for the stored job in one of these ways:

● Select an existing folder from the list. Touch New Job and type a job name.

● Touch the box below the existing Folder Name: or Job Name: on the right-hand side of thescreen, and then edit the text.

5. A private stored job has a lock icon next to the name, and it requires that you specify a PIN toretrieve it. To make the job private, select PIN to Print and then type the PIN for the job. TouchOK.

6. Touch More Options to view and change other job storage options.

7. After all the options are set, touch Create Stored Job ( ) in the upper-left corner of the screen toscan the document and store the job. The job is saved on the device until you delete it, so you canprint it as often as necessary.

For information about printing the job, see Print a stored job.

Create a stored print jobIn the driver, select the Stored Job option, and then type a user name and job name. The job does notprint until someone requests it at the device control panel. See Print a stored job.

ENWW Use job storage features 99

Print a stored jobAt the control panel, you can print a job that is stored on the device hard disk.

1. From the Home screen, touch Job Storage.

2. Touch the Retrieve tab.

3. Scroll to and touch the job storage folder that holds the stored job.

4. Scroll to and touch the stored job that you want to print.

5. Touch Retrieve Stored Job ( ) to print the document.

6. Touch the Copies field to change the number of copies to print.

7. Touch Retrieve Stored Job ( ) to print the document.

If the file has (lock symbol) next to it, the job is a private job and requires a PIN. See Use the privatejob feature.

Delete a stored jobJobs stored on the device hard disk can be deleted at the control panel.

1. From the Home screen, touch Job Storage.

2. Touch the Retrieve tab.

3. Scroll to and touch the job storage folder that holds the stored job.

4. Scroll to and touch the stored job that you want to delete.

5. Touch Delete.

6. Touch Yes.

If the file has (lock symbol) next to it, the job requires a PIN to delete it. See Use the private jobfeature.

100 Chapter 5 Device features ENWW

6 Printing tasks

● Use features in the Windows printer driver

● Use features in the Macintosh printer driver

● Cancel a print job

ENWW 101

Use features in the Windows printer driverWhen you print from a software program, many of the product features are available from the printerdriver. For complete information about the features that are available in the printer driver, see the printer-driver Help. The following features are described in this section:

● Create and use quick sets

● Use watermarks

● Resize documents

● Set a custom paper size from the printer driver

● Use different paper and printing covers

● Print a blank first page

● Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper

● Print on both sides of the paper

● Use the Services tab

NOTE Settings in the printer driver and software program generally override control-panelsettings. Software-program settings generally override printer-driver settings.

Create and use quick setsUse quick sets to save the current driver settings for reuse. Quick sets are available on most printer-driver tabs. You can save up to 25 Print Task Quick Sets.

Create a quick set

1. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

2. Select the print settings that you want to use.

3. In the Print Task Quick Sets box, type a name for the quick set.

4. Click Save.

Use quick sets

1. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

2. Select the quick set that you want to use from the Print Task Quick Sets drop-down list.

3. Click OK.

NOTE To use printer-driver default settings, select Default Print Settings from the Print TaskQuick Sets drop-down list.

102 Chapter 6 Printing tasks ENWW

Use watermarksA watermark is a notice, such as "Confidential," that is printed in the background of each page of adocument.

1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.

2. Select the driver, and then click Properties or Preferences.

3. From the Effects tab, click the Watermarks drop-down list.

4. Click the watermark that you want to use. To create a new watermark, click Edit.

5. If you want the watermark to appear only on the first page of the document, click First PageOnly.

6. Click OK.

To remove the watermark, click (none) in the Watermarks drop-down list.

Resize documentsUse the document resizing options to scale a document to a percentage of its normal size. You can alsochoose to print a document on a different size paper, with or without scaling.

Reduce or enlarge a document

1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.

2. Select the driver, and then click Properties or Preferences.

3. On the Effects tab, next to % of Normal Size, type the percentage by which you want to reduceor enlarge your document.

You can also use the scroll bar to adjust the percentage.

4. Click OK.

Print a document onto a different paper size

1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.

2. Select the driver, and then click Properties or Preferences.

3. On the Effects tab, click Print Document On.

4. Select the paper size to print on.

5. To print the document without scaling it to fit, make sure that the Scale to Fit option is not selected.

6. Click OK.

ENWW Use features in the Windows printer driver 103

Set a custom paper size from the printer driver1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.

2. Select the driver, and then click Properties or Preferences.

3. On the Paper or Paper/Quality tab, click Custom.

4. On the Custom Paper Size window, type the name of the custom paper size.

5. Type the paper-size length and width. If you type a size that is too small or too large, the driveradjusts the size to the minimum or maximum size that is allowed.

6. If necessary, click the button to change the unit of measure between millimeters and inches.

7. Click Save.

8. Click Close. The name that you saved appears in the paper-size list for future use.

Use different paper and printing coversFollow these instructions for printing a first page that is different from other pages in the print job.

1. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

2. On the Paper or Paper/Quality tab, select the appropriate paper for the first page of the print job.

3. Click Use Different Paper/Covers.

4. In the list box, click the pages or covers that you want to print on different paper.

5. To print front or back covers, you must also select Add Blank or Preprinted Cover.

6. In the Source is and Type is list boxes, select the appropriate paper type or source for the otherpages of the print job.

NOTE The paper size must be the same for all pages of the print job.

Print a blank first page1. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

2. On the Paper or Paper/Quality tab, click Use Different Paper/Covers.

3. In the list box, click Front Cover.

4. Click Add Blank or Preprinted Cover.

104 Chapter 6 Printing tasks ENWW

Print multiple pages on one sheet of paperYou can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper.

1. On the File menu in the software program, click Print.

2. Select the driver, and then click Properties or Preferences.

3. Click the Finishing tab.

4. In the section for Document Options, select the number of pages that you want to print on eachsheet (1, 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16).

5. If the number of pages is greater than 1, select the correct options for Print Page Borders andPage Order.

● If you need to change the page orientation, click the Finishing tab, and then click Portraitor Landscape.

6. Click OK. The product is now set to print the number of pages per sheet that you have selected.

ENWW Use features in the Windows printer driver 105

Print on both sides of the paperWhen duplex printing is available, you can automatically print on both sides of a page. If duplex printingis not available, you can manually print on both sides of a page by feeding the paper through the producta second time.

NOTE In the printer driver, Print on Both Sides (manually) is available only when duplexprinting is not available or when duplex printing does not support the type of print media beingused.

To configure the product for automatic or manual duplex printing, open the printer-driver properties, clickthe Device Settings tab, and then select the appropriate settings under Installable Options.

NOTE The Device Settings tab is not available from within software programs.

NOTE The procedure to open the printer-driver properties depends on the operating systemthat you are using. For information about opening the printer-driver properties for your operatingsystem, see Open the printer drivers. Look for the column titled "To change the deviceconfiguration settings".

Use automatic duplex printing1. Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading special

paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:

● For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up, bottom-edge first.

● For all other trays, load the letterhead paper with front side down, and the top edge at theback of the tray.

CAUTION To avoid jams, do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond).

2. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

3. On the Finishing tab, click Print on Both Sides.

● If necessary, select Flip Pages Up to change the manner in which pages are turned, or selecta binding option in the Booklet Layout list box.

4. Click OK.

106 Chapter 6 Printing tasks ENWW

Print on both sides manually1. Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading special

paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:

● For tray 1, load the letterhead paper with the front side up, bottom-edge first.

● For all other trays, load letterhead paper with front side down, and the top edge at the backof the tray.

CAUTION To avoid jams, do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond).

2. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

3. On the Finishing tab, select Print on Both Sides (manually).

4. Click OK.

5. Send the print job to the product. Follow the instructions in the pop-up window that appears beforefeeding the output stack into tray 1 for printing the second half.

6. Go to the product. Remove any blank paper that is in tray 1. Insert the printed stack with the printedside up, and the bottom-edge feeding into the product first. You must print the second side fromtray 1.

7. If prompted, press a control-panel button to continue.

Layout options for printing on both sidesThe four duplex orientation options are shown here. To select option 1 or 4, select Flip Pages Up in theprinter driver.

2

3

5

2 5

3

3

5

2

3

5

2

1 2 3 4

1. Long-edge landscape Every other printed image is oriented upside-down. Facing pages are readcontinuously from top to bottom.

2. Short-edge landscape Every printed image is oriented right-side-up. Facing pages are read from top tobottom.

3. Long-edge portrait This is the default setting, and the most common layout used. Every printed imageis oriented right-side-up. Facing pages are read from top to bottom.

4. Short-edge portrait Every other printed image is oriented upside-down. Facing pages are readcontinuously from top to bottom.

ENWW Use features in the Windows printer driver 107

Use the Services tabIf the product is connected to a network, use the Services tab to obtain product and supply-statusinformation. Click the Device and Supplies status icon to open the Device Status page of theHP Embedded Web Server. This page shows the current status of the product, the percentage of liferemaining for each supply, and information for ordering supplies. For more information, see Use theembedded Web server.

108 Chapter 6 Printing tasks ENWW

Use features in the Macintosh printer driverWhen you print from a software program, many of the device features are available from the printerdriver. For complete information about the features that are available in the printer driver, see the printer-driver Help. The following features are described in this section:

● Create and use presets

● Print a cover page

● Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper

● Print on both sides of the paper

NOTE Settings in the printer driver and software program generally override control-panelsettings. Software-program settings generally override printer-driver settings.

Create and use presetsUse presets to save the current printer driver settings for reuse.

Create a preset

1. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

2. Select the print settings.

3. In the Presets box, click Save As..., and type a name for the preset.

4. Click OK.

Use presets

1. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

2. In the Presets menu, select the preset that you want to use.

NOTE To use printer-driver default settings, select the Standard preset.

ENWW Use features in the Macintosh printer driver 109

Print a cover pageYou can print a separate cover page for your document that includes a message (such as “Confidential”).

1. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

2. On the Cover Page or Paper/Quality pop-up menu, select whether to print the cover page BeforeDocument or After Document.

3. In the Cover Page Type pop-up menu, select the message that you want to print on the coverpage.

NOTE To print a blank cover page, select Standard as the Cover Page Type.

Print multiple pages on one sheet of paperYou can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper. This feature provides a cost-effective wayto print draft pages.

1. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

2. Click the Layout pop-up menu.

3. Next to Pages per Sheet, select the number of pages that you want to print on each sheet (1, 2,4, 6, 9, or 16).

4. Next to Layout Direction, select the order and placement of the pages on the sheet.

5. Next to Borders, select the type of border to print around each page on the sheet.

110 Chapter 6 Printing tasks ENWW

Print on both sides of the paperWhen duplex printing is available, you can automatically print on both sides of a page. Otherwise, youcan manually print on both sides of a page by feeding the paper through the device a second time.

CAUTION To avoid jams, do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28-lb bond).

Use automatic duplex printing

1. Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading specialpaper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:

● For tray 1, load the letterhead paper face-up with the bottom edge feeding into the printer first.

● For all other trays, load the letterhead paper face-down with the top edge at the back of thetray.

2. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

3. Open the Layout pop-up menu.

4. Next to Two Sided Printing, select either Long-Edge Binding or Short-Edge Binding.

5. Click Print.

Print on both sides manually

1. Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job. If you are loading specialpaper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:

● For tray 1, load the letterhead paper face-up with the bottom edge feeding into the printer first.

● For all other trays, load the letterhead paper face-down with the top edge at the back of thetray.

CAUTION To avoid jams, do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28-lb bond).

2. Open the printer driver (see Open the printer drivers).

3. On the Finishing pop-up menu, select the Manual Duplex option.

NOTE If the Manual Duplex option is not enabled, select Manually Print on 2nd Side.

4. Click Print. Follow the instructions in the pop-up window that appears on the computer screenbefore replacing the output stack in tray 1 for printing the second half.

5. Go to the printer, and remove any blank paper that is in tray 1.

6. Insert the printed stack face-up with the bottom edge feeding into the printer first in tray 1. Youmust print the second side from tray 1.

7. If prompted, press the appropriate control-panel button to continue.

ENWW Use features in the Macintosh printer driver 111

Cancel a print jobYou can stop a print request by using the control panel or by using the software program. For instructionsabout how to stop a print request from a computer on a network, see the online Help for the specificnetwork software.

NOTE It can take some time for all printing to clear after you have canceled a print job.

Stop the current print job from the control panel1. Press Stop on the control panel.

2. On the touchscreen, on the Device Has Been Paused screen, touch Cancel current job.

NOTE If the print job is too far into the printing process, you might not have the option tocancel it.

Stop the current print job from the software programA dialog box will appear briefly on the screen, giving you the option to cancel the print job.

If several requests have been sent to the device through your software, they might be waiting in a printqueue (for example, in Windows Print Manager). See the software documentation for specificinstructions about canceling a print request from the computer.

If a print job is waiting in a print queue (computer memory) or print spooler (Windows 2000 or XP), deletethe print job there.

Click Start and then click Printers. Double-click the device icon to open the print spooler. Select theprint job that you want to cancel, and then press Delete. If the print job is not cancelled, you might needto shut down and restart the computer.

112 Chapter 6 Printing tasks ENWW

7 Copy

This device can function as a standalone, walk-up copier. It is not necessary to install the printing systemsoftware on the computer, nor is it necessary to have the computer turned on to make photocopies. Youcan adjust the copy settings at the control panel. You can also copy originals by using either the ADFor the scanner glass. The device can process copying, printing, and digital-sending jobs simultaneously.

This chapter provides information about how to make copies and how to change copy settings, includingthe following topics:

● Use the Copy screen

● Set the default copy options

● Basic copy instructions

● Adjust the copy settings

● Change the copy-collation setting

● Copy two-sided documents

● Copy mixed-size originals

● Copy photos and books

● Combine copy jobs by using Job Build

● Cancel a copy job

It is recommended that you review the basic control-panel information before using the device copyingfunctions. See Control panel for more information.

ENWW 113

Use the Copy screenFrom the Home screen, touch Copy to view the Copy screen. The Copy screen is shown in Figure7-1 Copy screen. Note that only the first six copy features are immediately visible. In order to viewadditional copy features, touch More Options.

Figure 7-1 Copy screen

114 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW

Set the default copy optionsYou can use the administration menu to establish default settings that apply to all copy jobs. If necessary,you can override most settings for an individual job. After that job is complete, the device returns to thedefault settings.

1. From the Home screen, scroll to and touch Administration.

2. Touch Default Job Options, and then touch Default Copy Options.

3. Several options are available. You can configure defaults for all options, or for only some options.

For information about each option, see Adjust the copy settings. The built-in Help system alsoprovides an explanation of each option. Touch the Help button ( ) in the upper-right corner of thescreen.

4. To exit the administration menu, touch the Home button ( ) in the upper-left corner of the screen.

ENWW Set the default copy options 115

Basic copy instructionsThis section provides the basic instructions for copying.

Copy from the scanner glassUse the scanner glass to make as many as 999 copies of small, lightweight media (less than 60 g/m2

or 16 lb) or heavy media (more than 105 g/m2 or 28 lb). This includes media such as receipts, newspaperclippings, photographs, old documents, worn documents, and books.

Place original documents face-down on the glass. Align the corner of the original with the upper-leftcorner of the glass.

To make copies by using the default copy options, use the numeric keypad on the control panel to selectthe number of copies, and press Start. To use customized settings, touch Copy. Specify the settings,and then press Start. For more information about using customized settings, see Adjust the copysettings.

Copy from the document feederUse the document feeder to make as many as 999 copies of a document that has up to 50 pages(depending on the thickness of the pages). Place the document into the document feeder with the pagesfacing up.

To make copies by using the default copy options, use the numeric keypad on the control panel to selectthe number of copies, and press Start. To use customized settings, touch Copy. Specify the settings,and then press Start. For more information about using customized settings, see Adjust the copysettings.

Before starting another copy job, retrieve the original document from the document-feeder output binthat is under the document feeder input tray, and retrieve the copies from the appropriate output bin.

116 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW

Adjust the copy settingsThe device offers several features so you can optimize copied output. These features are all availableon the Copy screen.

The Copy screen consists of several pages. From the first page, touch More Options to go to the nextpage. Then touch the up or down arrow buttons to scroll to other pages.

For details about how to use an option, touch the option, and then touch the help ( ) button in the upper-right corner of the screen. The following table provides an overview of the copy options.

NOTE Depending on how the system administrator has configured the device, some of theseoptions might not appear. The options in the table are listed in the order in which they can appear.

Option name Description

Sides Use this feature to indicate whether the original document is printed on one or both sides, andwhether the copies should be printed on one or both sides.

Staple/Collate or Collate If the optional HP Stapler/Stacker/Separator is attached, the Staple/Collate option is available.Use this feature to set up options for stapling and assembling the pages in sets of copies.

If the optional HP Stapler/Stacker/Separator is not attached, the Collate option is available. Usethis feature to assemble each set of copied pages in the same order as the original document.

Paper Selection Use this feature to select the tray that holds the size and type of paper that you want to use.

Image Adjustment Use this feature to improve the overall quality of the copy. For example, you can adjust thedarkness and sharpness, and you can use the Background Cleanup setting to remove faintimages from the background or to remove a light background color.

Content Orientation Use this feature to specify the way the content of the original page is placed on the page: portraitor landscape.

Output Bin Use this feature to select an output bin for the copies.

Optimize Text/Picture Use this feature to optimize the output for a particular type of content. You can optimize theoutput for text or printed pictures, or you can manually adjust the values.

Pages per Sheet Use this feature to copy multiple pages onto one sheet of paper.

Original Size Use this feature to describe the page size of the original document.

Booklet Format Use this feature to copy two or more pages onto one sheet of paper so you can fold the sheetsin the center to form a booklet.

Edge-To-Edge Use this feature to avoid shadows that can appear along the edges of copies when the originaldocument is printed close to the edges. Combine this feature with the Reduce/Enlarge featureto ensure that the entire page is printed on the copies.

Job Build Use this feature to combine several sets of original documents into one copy job. Also use thisfeature to copy an original document that has more pages than the document feeder canaccommodate at one time.

ENWW Adjust the copy settings 117

Change the copy-collation settingYou can set the device to automatically collate multiple copies into sets. For example, if you are makingtwo copies of three pages and the automatic collation is on, the pages print in this order: 1,2,3,1,2,3. Ifautomatic collation is off, the pages print in this order: 1,1,2,2,3,3.

To use the automatic collation, the original document size must fit into the memory. If it does not, thedevice makes only one copy and a message appears notifying you of the change. If that happens, useone of the following methods to finish the job:

● Split the job into smaller jobs that contain fewer pages.

● Make only one copy of the document at a time.

● Turn off the automatic collation.

The collation setting you select is in effect for all copies until you change the setting. The default settingfor automatic copy collation is On.

1. On the control panel, touch Copy.

2. Touch Staple/Collate.

3. Touch Collate.

118 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW

Copy two-sided documentsTwo-sided documents can be copied manually or automatically.

Copying two-sided documents manuallyCopies resulting from this procedure are printed on one side, and need to be hand-collated.

1. Load the documents to be copied into the document feeder input tray with the first page facing up,and with the top of the page leading into the document feeder.

2. Touch Start Copy. The odd-numbered pages are copied and printed.

3. Remove the stack from the document feeder output tray and reload the stack with the last pagefacing up, and with the top of the page leading into the document feeder.

4. Touch Start Copy. The even-numbered pages are copied and printed.

5. Collate the odd- and even-numbered printed copies.

Copy two-sided documents automatically (duplex models only)The default copy setting is one-sided to one-sided. Use the following procedures to change the settingso you can copy from or to documents that are two-sided.

Make two-sided copies from one-sided documents

1. Load the documents to be copied into the document feeder with the first page facing up, and withthe top of the page leading.

2. On the control panel, touch Copy.

3. Touch Sides.

4. Touch 1–sided original, 2–sided output.

5. Touch OK.

6. Touch Start Copy.

Make two-sided copies from two-sided documents

1. Load the documents to be copied into the document feeder with the first page facing up, and withthe top of the page leading.

NOTE Two-sided copying from the flatbed scanner glass is not supported.

2. On the control panel, touch Copy.

ENWW Copy two-sided documents 119

3. Touch Sides.

4. Touch 2–sided original, 2–sided output.

5. Touch OK.

6. Touch Start Copy.

Make one-sided copies from two-sided documents

1. Load the documents to be copied into the document feeder with the first page facing up, and withthe top of the page leading.

2. On the control panel, touch Copy.

3. Touch Sides.

4. Touch 2–sided original, 1–sided output.

5. Touch OK.

6. Touch Start Copy.

120 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW

Copy mixed-size originalsYou can copy original documents that are printed on different sizes of paper as long as the sheets ofpaper have one common dimension. For example, you could combine letter and legal sizes, or you couldcombine A4 and A5 sizes.

1. Arrange the sheets in the original document so they all have the same width.

2. Place the sheets face-up into the document feeder, and adjust both paper guides against thedocument.

3. From the Home screen, touch Copy.

4. Touch Original Size.

NOTE If this option is not on the first screen, touch More Options until the option appears.

5. Select Mixed Ltr/Lgl, and then touch OK.

6. Touch Start Copy.

ENWW Copy mixed-size originals 121

Copy photos and booksCopy a photo

NOTE Photos should be copied from the flatbed scanner, not from the document feeder.

1. Lift the lid and place the photo on the flatbed scanner with the picture-side down and the upper-left corner of the photo in the upper-left corner of the glass.

2. Gently close the lid.

3. Touch Start Copy.

Copy a book

1. Lift the lid and place the book on the flatbed scanner with the page that you want to copy at theupper-left corner of the glass.

2. Gently close the lid.

3. Gently press down on the lid to press the book to the flatbed scanner surface.

4. Touch Start Copy.

122 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW

Combine copy jobs by using Job BuildUse the Job Build feature to build a single copy job from multiple scans. You can use either the documentfeeder or the scanner glass. The settings for the first scan are used for subsequent scans.

1. Touch Copy.

2. Scroll to and touch Job Build.

3. Touch Job Build On.

4. Touch OK.

5. If necessary, select the desired copy options.

6. Touch Start Copy. After each page is scanned, the control panel prompts you for more pages.

7. If the job contains more pages, load the next page, and then touch Start Copy.

If the job contains no more pages, touch Finished to print.

NOTE In Job Build, if you scan the first page of a document by using the document feeder, thenyou must scan all of the pages in that document by using the document feeder. If you scan thefirst page of a document by using the scanner glass, then you must scan all of the pages in thatdocument by using the scanner glass.

ENWW Combine copy jobs by using Job Build 123

Cancel a copy jobTo cancel the copy job that is currently running, touch Stop on the control panel. This pauses the device.Then touch Cancel current job.

NOTE If you cancel a copy job, clear the document from the flatbed scanner or from theautomatic document feeder.

124 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW

8 Scan and send e-mail

The device offers color-scanning and digital-sending capabilities. By using the control panel, you canscan black-and-white or color documents and send them to an e-mail address as an e-mail attachment.To use digital sending, the device must be connected to a local area network (LAN). The device connectsdirectly to your LAN.

NOTE The device cannot copy or print in color, but it can scan and send color images.

This chapter addresses the following topics:

● Configure e-mail settings

● Use the Send E-mail screen

● Perform basic e-mail functions

● Use the address book

● Change e-mail settings for the current job

● Scan to a folder

● Scan to a workflow destination

ENWW 125

Configure e-mail settingsBefore you can send a document to e-mail, you must configure the device for e-mailing.

NOTE The instructions that follow are for configuring the device at the control panel. You canalso perform these procedures by using the embedded Web server. For more information, seeEmbedded Web server.

Supported protocolsThe HP LaserJet M5025 MFP models support Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). The HP LaserJetM5035 MFP models support SMTP and Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP).

SMTP

● SMTP is a set of rules that define the interaction between programs that send and receive e-mail.In order for the device to send documents to e-mail, it must be connected to a LAN that has a validSMTP IP address. The SMTP server must also have Internet access.

● If you are using a LAN connection, contact your system administrator to obtain the IP address foryour SMTP server. If you are connecting through a DSL connection, contact the service providerto obtain the SMTP server IP address.

LDAP

● LDAP is used to gain access to a database of information. When the device uses LDAP, it searchesa global list of e-mail addresses. As you begin to type the e-mail address, LDAP uses an auto-complete feature that supplies a list of e-mail addresses that match the characters you type. Asyou type additional characters, the list of matching e-mail addresses becomes smaller.

● The device supports LDAP, but a connection to an LDAP server is not required in order for thedevice to be able to send to e-mail.

NOTE If you need to change the LDAP settings, you must change them by using theembedded Web server. For more information, see Use the embedded Web server, or seethe Embedded Web Server User Guide on the device CD.

Configure e-mail server settingsConsult your system administrator to find the IP address for the SMTP server. Or, find the IP addressfrom the device control panel (touch Network Address). Then use the following procedures to manuallyconfigure and test the IP address.

Configure the SMTP gateway address

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Initial Setup.

3. Touch E-mail Setup, and then touch SMTP Gateway.

4. Type the SMTP gateway address, either as an IP address or as a fully qualified domain name. Ifyou do not know the IP address or domain name, contact the network administrator.

5. Touch OK.

126 Chapter 8 Scan and send e-mail ENWW

Test the SMTP settings

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Initial Setup.

3. Touch E-mail Setup, and then touch Test Send Gateways.

If the configuration is correct, Gateways OK appears on the control-panel display.

If the first test was successful, send an e-mail to yourself by using the digital-send feature. If you receivethe e-mail, you have successfully configured the digital-sending feature.

If you do not receive the e-mail, use these actions to resolve issues with the digital-sending software:

● Check the SMTP and address to make sure that you typed them correctly.

● Print a configuration page. Verify that the SMTP gateway address is correct.

● Make sure that the network is operating correctly. Send an e-mail to yourself from a computer. Ifyou receive the e-mail, the network is operating correctly. If you do not receive the e-mail, contactyour network administrator or Internet service provider (ISP).

● Run the DISCOVER.EXE file. This program attempts to find the gateway. You can download thefile from the HP Web site at www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.

Find gatewaysIf you do not know the SMTP gateway address, you can use one of the following methods to find it.

Find the SMTP gateway from the device control panel1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Initial Setup.

3. Touch E-mail Setup, and then touch Find Send Gateways.

The touchscreen displays a list of detected SMTP servers.

4. Select the correct SMTP server, and then touch OK.

Find the SMTP gateway from an e-mail programBecause most e-mail programs also use SMTP to send e-mail and LDAP to address e-mail messages,you might be able to find the hostname of the SMTP gateway and LDAP server by looking at the settingsfor your e-mail program.

NOTE The find gateway features might be unable to detect a valid SMTP server on the networkif it uses an internet service provider (ISP). To find the ISP e-mail server address, contact theISP.

ENWW Configure e-mail settings 127

Use the Send E-mail screenUse the touchscreen to navigate through the options on the Send E-mail screen.

1 Send E-mail button Touching this button scans the document and sends an e-mail file to the provided e-mailaddresses.

2 Home button Touching this button opens the Home screen.

3 From: field Touch this field to open the keyboard, and then type your e-mail address. If the systemadministrator has configured the device to do so, this field might automatically insert a defaultaddress.

4 To: field Touch this field to open the keyboard, and then type the e-mail addresses of those whom youwant to receive the scanned document.

5 Subject: field Touch this field to open the keyboard, and then type a subject title.

6 More Options button Touch this button to change certain e-mail settings for the current scan job.

7 Scroll bar Use the scroll bar to view and set up the CC:, BCC:, Message, and File Name fields. Touch anyof those fields to open the keyboard and add the necessary information.

8 Address book buttons Touch these buttons to use the address book to populate the To:, CC:, or BCC: fields. For moreinformation, see Use the address book.

9 Help button Touch this button for control-panel help. For more information, see Control panel.

10 Error/warning button This button appears only when there is an error or warning in the status line area. Touch it to opena pop-up screen that will help you resolve the error or warning.

128 Chapter 8 Scan and send e-mail ENWW

Perform basic e-mail functionsThe device e-mail feature offers the following benefits:

● Sends documents to multiple e-mail addresses, saving time and delivery costs.

● Delivers files in black-and-white or in color. Files can be sent in different file formats that therecipient can manipulate.

With e-mail, documents are scanned into the device memory and sent to an e-mail address or multipleaddresses as an e-mail attachment. Digital documents can be sent in several graphics formats, suchas .TFF and .JPG, which allows recipients to manipulate the document file in various programs to meettheir specific needs. Documents arrive in near-original quality, and then can be printed, stored, orforwarded.

In order to use the e-mail feature, the device needs to be connected to a valid SMTP local area networkthat includes Internet access.

Load documentsYou can scan a document by using either the glass or the ADF. The glass and ADF can accommodateLetter-, Executive-, A4-, and A5-size originals. The ADF can also accommodate Legal-size originals.Smaller originals, receipts, irregular and worn documents, stapled documents, previously foldeddocuments, and photographs should be scanned by using the glass. Multiple-page documents can bescanned easily by using the ADF.

ENWW Perform basic e-mail functions 129

Send documentsThe device scans both black-and-white and color originals. You can use default settings or change thescanning preferences and file formats. The following are the default settings:

● Color

● PDF (requires the recipient to have an Adobe Acrobat® viewer to view the e-mail attachment)

For information about changing the settings for the current job, see Change e-mail settings for the currentjob.

Send a document1. Place the document face-down on the scanner glass or face-up in the ADF.

2. From the Home screen, touch E-mail.

3. If prompted, type your user name and password.

4. Complete the From:, To:, and Subject: fields. Scroll down and complete the CC:, BCC:, andMessage fields if appropriate. Your user name or other default information might appear in theFrom: field. If so, you might not be able to change it.

5. (Optional) Touch More Options to change the settings for the document that you are sending (forexample, the document’s original size). If you are sending a two-sided document, you shouldselect Sides and an option with a two-sided original.

6. Press Start to begin sending.

7. When you are finished, remove the original document from the scanner glass or ADF.

Use the auto-complete functionWhen you type characters into the To:, CC:, or From: fields on the Send E-mail screen, the auto-complete function is activated. As you type the required address or name by using the keyboard screen,the device automatically searches the address book list and completes the address or name by usingthe first match. You can then select that name by touching Enter, or continue typing the name until auto-complete finds the correct entry. If you type a character that does not match any entry in the list, theauto-complete text is removed from the display to indicate that you are typing an address that is not inthe address book.

130 Chapter 8 Scan and send e-mail ENWW

Use the address bookYou can send e-mail to a list of recipients by using the address book feature of the device. See yoursystem administrator for information about configuring address lists.

NOTE You can also use the embedded Web server to create and manage the e-mail addressbook. For more information, see Embedded Web server.

Create a recipient list1. From the Home screen, touch E-mail.

2. Complete one of the following steps:

● Touch To: to open the keyboard screen, and then type the recipients' e-mail addresses.Separate multiple e-mail addresses with a semicolon or by touching Enter on the touchscreen.

● Use the address book.

a. On the Send E-mail screen, touch the address book button ( ) to open the addressbook.

b. Navigate the entries in the address book by using the scroll bar. Hold down the arrow toscroll quickly through the list.

c. Highlight the name to select a recipient, and then touch the add button ( ).

You can also select a distribution list by touching the drop-down list at the top of thescreen and then touching All, or add a recipient from a local list by touching Local in thedrop-down list. Highlight the appropriate names, and then touch to add the name toyour list of recipients.

You can remove a recipient from your list by scrolling to highlight the recipient, and thentouching the remove button ( ).

3. The names in the recipient list are placed in the text line of the keyboard screen. If you want, youcan add a recipient that is not found in the address book by typing the e-mail address on thekeyboard. After you are satisfied with your recipient list, touch OK.

4. Touch OK.

5. Finish typing information in the CC: and Subject: fields on the Send E-mail screen, if necessary.You can check the list of recipients by touching the down arrow in the To: text line.

6. Press Start.

ENWW Use the address book 131

Use the local address bookUse the local address book to store frequently-used e-mail addresses. The local address book can beshared between devices that use the same server to gain access to the HP Digital Sending software.

You can use the address book when you type e-mail addresses in the From:, To:, CC:, or BCC: fields.You can also add or delete addresses in the address book.

To open the address book, touch the address book button ( ).

Add e-mail addresses to the local address book1. Touch Local.

2. Touch .

3. (Optional) Touch the Name field, and in the keyboard that appears type a name for the new entry.Touch OK.

The name is the alias for the e-mail address. If you do not type an alias name, the alias will be thee-mail address itself.

4. Touch the Address field, and in the keyboard that appears type the e-mail address for the newentry. Touch OK.

Delete e-mail addresses from the local address bookYou can delete e-mail addresses that you no longer use.

NOTE To change an e-mail address, you must first delete the address and then add thecorrected address as a new address in the local address book.

1. Touch Local.

2. Touch the e-mail address that you want to delete.

3. Touch .

The following confirmation message appears: Do you want to delete the selected address(es)?

4. Touch Yes to delete the e-mail address(es) or touch No to return to the Address Book screen.

132 Chapter 8 Scan and send e-mail ENWW

Change e-mail settings for the current jobUse the More Options button to change the following e-mail settings for the current print job:

Button Description

Document File Type Touch this button to change the type of file the device creates after scanning the document.

Output Quality Touch this button to increase or decrease the print quality of the file being scanned. A higher qualitysetting produces a larger file size.

Resolution Touch this button to change the scan resolution. A higher resolution setting produces a larger file size.

Color/Black Touch this button to determine whether you will scan the document in color or in black-and-white.

Original Sides Touch this button to indicate if the original document is one-sided or two-sided.

Content Orientation Touch this button to select either the portrait or landscape orientation for the original.

Original Size Touch this button to select the size of the document: letter, A4, legal, or mixed letter/legal.

Optimize Text/Picture

Touch this button to change the scanning procedure based on the type of document that you arescanning.

Job Build Touch this button to activate or deactivate the Job Build mode, which enables you to scan several smallscan jobs and send them as one file.

Image Adjustment Touch this button to change the darkness and sharpness settings, or to clean up background clutter onthe original.

ENWW Change e-mail settings for the current job 133

Scan to a folderNOTE This device feature is supported for the HP LaserJet M5035 MFP models only.

If the system administrator has made the feature available, the device can scan a file and send it to afolder on the network. Supported operating systems for folder destinations include Windows 2000,Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003, and Novell.

NOTE You might be required to supply a user name and password in order to use this option,or to send to certain folders. See your system administrator for more information.

1. Place the document face-down on the scanner glass or face-up in the ADF.

2. From the Home screen, touch Network Folder.

3. In the Quick Access Folders list, select the folder in which you want to save the document.

4. Touch the File Name field to open the keyboard pop-up screen, and then type the file name.

5. Touch Send to Network Folder.

Scan to a workflow destinationNOTE This device feature is provided by the optional Digital Sending Software product and issupported for the HP LaserJet M5035 MFP models only.

If the system administrator has enabled the workflow functionality, you can scan a document and sendit to a custom workflow destination. A workflow destination gives you the ability to send additionalinformation, along with the scanned document, to a specified network or file transfer protocol (FTP)location. Prompts for specific information appear on the control-panel display. The system administratorcan also designate a printer as a workflow destination, which allows you to scan a document and thensend it directly to a network printer for printing.

1. Place the document face-down on the scanner glass or face-up in the ADF.

2. From the Home screen, touch Workflow.

3. Select the destination to which you want to scan.

4. In the Text Field field, type the data that you want to accompany the file, and then touch SendWorkflow.

134 Chapter 8 Scan and send e-mail ENWW

9 Fax

The HP LaserJet M5035X MFP and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP models come with an HP LaserJetanalog fax accessory 300; already installed. Windows users can also install the optional HP DigitalSending Software (DSS), which provides digital faxing services.

For complete instructions for configuring the fax accessory and for using the fax features, see theHP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300 User Guide. The guide is included with the HP LaserJet M5035XMFP and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP.

This chapter provides information about the following topics.

● Analog fax

● Digital fax

ENWW 135

Analog faxWhen the HP LaserJet analog fax accessory 300 is installed, the MFP can function as a standalone faxmachine.

The HP LaserJet M5035X MFP and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP models come with an HP LaserJetanalog fax accessory 300; already installed. For the HP LaserJet M5025 MFP and HP LaserJet M5035MFP models, you can order this accessory as an option. See Order parts, accessories, and suppliesfor information about ordering the analog fax accessory.

Install the fax accessoryUse this procedure to install the analog fax accessory if it is not already installed.

1. Turn off the device, and disconnect all of the cables.

2. At the back of the device, remove the formatter cover.

136 Chapter 9 Fax ENWW

3. Open the formatter door.

4. Remove the fax accessory from its antistatic pouch.

CAUTION The fax accessory contains parts that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge(ESD). When removing the fax accessory from its antistatic pouch and while installing it,use static protection, such as a grounding wrist strap that is connected to the metal frameof the device, or touch the metal frame of the device with your other hand.

5. Use the plastic clips to secure the fax accessory on the formatter.

ENWW Analog fax 137

6. Locate the 16-wire cable near the lower corner of the formatter and plug the cable into the faxaccessory.

NOTE If the cable doesn't seem to fit, try turning the cable around. Make sure theconnector is correctly fastened to the fax accessory. Also make sure that the connector atthe other end of the cable is correctly fastened to the formatter.

7. Close the formatter door.

8. Replace the formatter cover.

138 Chapter 9 Fax ENWW

9. Reconnect the cables, and then turn on the device.

ENWW Analog fax 139

Connect the fax accessory to a phone lineWhen connecting the fax accessory to a phone line, ensure that the phone line that is being used forthe fax accessory is a dedicated line that is not used by any other devices. In addition, this line shouldbe an analog line because the fax will not function correctly if it is connected to some digital PBX systems.If you are not sure whether you have an analog or digital phone line, contact your telecom provider.

NOTE HP recommends using the phone cord that comes with the fax accessory to ensure thatthe accessory functions correctly.

1. Locate the phone cord that is included in the fax accessory kit. Connect one end of the phone cordto the fax-accessory phone jack on the formatter. Push the connector until it clicks.

CAUTION Be sure to connect the phone line to the fax-accessory phone jack , which isnear the bottom of the formatter. Do not connect the phone line to the HP Jetdirect LANport, which is closer to the top of the formatter.

2. Connect the other end of the phone cord to the phone jack on the wall. Push the connector until itclicks or until it is securely seated. Because different types of connectors are used in differentcountries/regions, the connector might not make an audible click.

Configure and use the fax featuresBefore you can use the fax features, you must configure them in the control-panel menus. For example,you need to specify the following information:

● Date and time

● Location

● Fax header

For complete information about configuring and using the fax accessory, and for information abouttroubleshooting fax-accessory problems, see the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300 User Guide,which is provided with the fax accessory.

140 Chapter 9 Fax ENWW

Digital faxDigital faxing is available when you install the optional HP Digital Sending Software. For informationabout ordering this software, go to www.hp.com/go/lj5025_software or www.hp.com/go/lj5035_software.

With digital faxing, the device does not need to be connected directly to a phone line. Instead, the devicecan send a fax in one of three ways:

● LAN fax sends faxes through a third-party fax provider.

● Microsoft Windows 2000 fax is a fax modem and digital sender module that the computer usesto operate as a turnkey gateway fax.

● Internet fax uses an Internet fax provider to process faxes. The fax is delivered to a traditional faxmachine or sent to the user’s e-mail.

For complete information about using digital faxing, see the documentation that is provided with theHP Digital Sending Software.

ENWW Digital fax 141

142 Chapter 9 Fax ENWW

10 Manage and maintain the device

● Use information pages

● Configure e-mail alerts

● Use the HP Easy Printer Care software

● Use the embedded Web server

● Use HP Web Jetadmin software

● Use the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh

● Manage supplies

● Replace supplies and parts

● Clean the device

● Calibrate the scanner

ENWW 143

Use information pagesFrom the control panel, print pages that give details about the device and its current configuration. Thetable below provides the instructions for printing the information pages.

Page description How to print the page

Menu map

Shows the control-panel menus andavailable settings.

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Information.

3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.

4. Touch Administration Menu Map.

5. Touch Print.

The content of the menu map varies, depending on the options currently installed inthe device.

For a complete list of control panel menus and possible values, see Control panel.

Configuration page

Shows device settings and installedaccessories.

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Information.

3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.

4. Touch Configuration Page.

5. Touch Print.

NOTE If the device contains an HP Jetdirect print server or an optional harddisk drive, additional configuration pages print that provide information aboutthose devices.

Supplies status page

Shows print-cartridge toner levels.

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Information.

3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.

4. Touch Supplies Status Page.

5. Touch Print.

NOTE If you are using non-HP supplies, the supplies status page might notshow the remaining life for those supplies. For more information, seeHP policy on non-HP print cartridges.

Usage page

Shows a page count for each size ofpaper printed, the number of one-sided(simplexed) or two-sided (duplexed)pages, and the average percentage ofcoverage.

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Information.

3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.

4. Touch Usage Page.

5. Touch Print.

File directory

Contains information for any massstorage devices, such as flash drives,

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Information.

3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.

144 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Page description How to print the page

memory cards, or hard disks, that areinstalled in the device.

4. Touch File Directory.

5. Touch Print.

Fax reports

Five reports show fax activity, fax calls,billing codes, blocked fax numbers, andspeed-dial numbers.

NOTE Fax reports areavailable only on devicemodels that have faxcapabilties.

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Information.

3. Touch Fax Reports.

4. Touch one of the following buttons to print the corresponding report:

● Fax Activity Log

● Fax Call Report

● Billing Codes Report

● Blocked Fax List

● Speed Dial List

5. Touch Print.

For more information, see the fax guide that came with the device.

Font lists

Shows which fonts are currentlyinstalled in the device.

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Information.

3. Touch Sample Pages/Fonts.

4. Touch either PCL Font List or PS Font List.

5. Touch Print.

NOTE The font lists also show which fonts reside on a hard disk accessoryor DIMM.

ENWW Use information pages 145

Configure e-mail alertsNOTE If your company does not have e-mail, this feature might not be available.

You can use HP Web Jetadmin or the embedded Web server to configure the system to alert you ofproblems with the device. The alerts take the form of e-mail messages to the e-mail account(s) that youspecify.

You can configure the following:

● The device(s) you want to monitor

● The alerts you want to receive (for example, alerts for paper jams, paper out, supplies status, andcover open)

● The e-mail account(s) to which the alerts should be forwarded

Software Information location

HP Web Jetadmin See Use HP Web Jetadmin software for general information about HP Web Jetadmin.

See the HP Web Jetadmin Help system for details about alerts and how to set them up.

Embedded Web server See Use the embedded Web server for general information about the embedded Web server.

See the embedded Web server Help system for details about alerts and how to set them up.

146 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Use the HP Easy Printer Care softwareThe HP Easy Printer Care software is a program that you can use for the following tasks:

● Check the device status.

● Check supplies status.

● Set up alerts.

● Gain access to troubleshooting and maintenance tools.

You can use the HP Easy Printer Care software when the device is directly connected to your computeror when it is connected to a network. To download the HP Easy Printer Care software, go towww.hp.com/go/easyprintercare.

NOTE You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the HP Easy Printer Caresoftware. However, if you click a Web-based link, you must have Internet access to go to the siteassociated with the link.

Open the HP Easy Printer Care softwareUse one of the following methods to open HP Easy Printer Care software:

● On the Start menu, select Programs, select Hewlett-Packard, and then select HP Easy PrinterCare software.

● In the Windows system tray (in the lower-right corner of the desktop), double-click the HP EasyPrinter Care software icon.

● Double-click the desktop icon.

ENWW Use the HP Easy Printer Care software 147

HP Easy Printer Care software sections

Section Options

Device List tab

Shows information abouteach device in theDevices list

● Device information, including printer name, make, and model

● An icon (if the View as drop-down box is set to Tiles, which is the default setting)

● Any current alerts for the device

If you click a device in the list, the HP Easy Printer Care software opens the Overview tab for thatdevice.

Support tab

Provides help informationand links

● Provides device information, including alerts for items needing attention.

● Provides links to troubleshooting and maintenance tools.

Supplies Orderingwindow

Provides access to onlineor e-mail suppliesordering

● Ordering list: Shows the supplies that you can order for each device. If you want to order acertain item, click the Order check box for that item in the supplies list.

● Shop Online for Supplies button: Opens the HP SureSupply Web site in a new browserwindow. If you have checked the Order check box for any items, the information about thoseitems can be transferred to the Web site, where you will receive information on options forpurchasing your selected supplies.

● Print Shopping List button: Prints the information for the supplies that have the Order checkbox selected.

Alert Settings window

Allows you to configurethe device toautomatically notify youof device issues

● Alerts on or off: Activates or deactivates the alerts feature.

● When alerts appear: Sets when you want alerts to appear—either when you are printing tothat particular device, or anytime there is a device event.

● Alert event type: Sets whether you want alerts for only critical errors, or for any error, includingcontinuable errors.

● Notification method: Sets what type of alert should appear (pop-up message or desktop alert).

Overview tab

Contains basic statusinformation for the device

● Devices list: Shows the devices that you can select.

● Device Status section: Shows device status information. This section will indicate device alertconditions, such as an empty print cartridge. It also shows device-identification information,control-panel messages, and print-cartridge levels. After you correct a problem with the device,click the button to update the section.

● Supplies Status section: Shows detailed supplies status, such as the percentage of tonerremaining in the print cartridge and the status of the media that is loaded in each tray.

● Supplies Details link: Opens the supplies status page to view more detailed information aboutdevice supplies, ordering information, and recycling information.

Find Other Printerswindow

Allows you to add moreprinters to your printer list

Clicking the Find Other Printers link in the Devices list opens the Find Other Printers window.The Find Other Printers window provides a utility that detects other network printers so that youcan add them to the Devices list and then monitor those devices from your computer.

148 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Use the embedded Web serverNOTE When the device is directly connected to a computer, use the HP Easy Printer Caresoftware to view the device status.

● View device control status information

● Set the type of paper loaded in each tray

● Determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones

● View and change tray configurations

● View and change the device control panel menu configuration

● View and print internal pages

● Receive notification of device and supplies events

● View and change network configuration

● View support content that is specific to the current state of the device

When the device is connected to the network, the embedded Web server is automatically available. Youcan open the embedded Web server from Windows 95 and later.

To use the embedded Web server, you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 and later or NetscapeNavigator 4 and later. The embedded Web server works when the device is connected to an IP-basednetwork. The embedded Web server does not support IPX-based or AppleTalk printer connections. Youdo not need Internet access to open and use the embedded Web server.

Open the embedded Web server by using a network connection1. In a supported Web browser on your computer, type the device IP address or host name in the

address/URL field. To find the IP address or host name, print a configuration page. See Useinformation pages.

NOTE After you open the URL, you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly inthe future.

2. The embedded Web server has three tabs that contain settings and information about the device:the Information tab, the Settings tab, and the Networking tab. Click the tab that you want to view.

See Embedded Web server sections for more information about each tab.

ENWW Use the embedded Web server 149

Embedded Web server sections

Tab or section Options

Information tab

Provides device, status, andconfiguration information

● Device Status: Shows the device status and shows the life remaining of HP supplies,with 0% indicating that a supply is empty. The page also shows the type and size ofprint paper set for each tray. To change the default settings, click ChangeSettings.

● Configuration Page: Shows the information found on the configuration page.

● Supplies Status: Shows the life remaining of HP supplies, with 0 percent indicatingthat a supply is empty. This page also provides supplies part numbers. To order newsupplies, click Order Supplies in the Other Links area on the left side of the window.

● Event log: Shows a list of all device events and errors.

● Usage page: Shows a summary of the number of pages the device has printed,grouped by size and type.

● Device Information: Shows the device network name, address, and modelinformation. To change these entries, click Device Information on the Settings tab.

● Control Panel: Shows messages from the device control panel, such as Readyor Sleep mode on.

● Print: Allows you to send print jobs to the device.

Settings tab

Provides the ability to configure thedevice from your computer

● Configure Device: Allows you to configure device settings. This page contains thetraditional menus found on devices using a control-panel display.

● E-mail Server: Network only. Used in conjunction with the Alerts page to set upincoming and outgoing e-mail, as well as to set e-mail alerts.

● Alerts: Network only. Allows you to set up to receive e-mail alerts for various deviceand supplies events.

● AutoSend: Allows you to configure the device to send automated e-mails regardingdevice configuration and supplies to specific e-mail addresses.

● Security: Allows you to set a password that must be entered to gain access to theSettings and Networking tabs. Enable and disable certain features of theembedded Web server.

● Edit Other Links: Allows you to add or customize a link to another Web site. Thislink is displayed in the Other Links area on all embedded Web server pages.

● Device Information: Allows you to name the device and assign an asset number toit. Enter the name and e-mail address for the primary contact who will receiveinformation about the device.

● Language: Allows you to determine the language in which to display the embeddedWeb server information.

● Date & Time: Allows time synchronization with a network time server.

● Wake Time: Allows you to set or edit a wake time for the device.

NOTE The Settings tab can be password-protected. If this device is on anetwork, always consult with the system administrator before changing settingson this tab.

Networking tab Network administrators can use this tab to control network-related settings for the devicewhen it is connected to an IP-based network. This tab does not appear if the device is

150 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Tab or section Options

Provides the ability to changenetwork settings from yourcomputer

directly connected to a computer, or if the device is connected to a network using anythingother than an HP Jetdirect print server.

NOTE The Networking tab can be password-protected.

Other links

Contains links that connect you tothe Internet

● HP Instant Support™: Connects you to the HP Web site to help you find solutions.This service analyzes your device error log and configuration information to providediagnostic and support information specific to your device.

● Order Supplies: Connects to the HP SureSupply Web site, where you will receiveinformation on options for purchasing original HP supplies, such as print cartridgesand paper.

● Product Support: Connects to the support site for the device, from which you cansearch for help regarding general topics.

NOTE You must have Internet access in order to use any of these links. If youuse a dial-up connection and did not connect when you first opened theembedded Web server, you must connect before you can visit these Web sites.Connecting might require that you close the embedded Web server and reopenit.

ENWW Use the embedded Web server 151

Use HP Web Jetadmin softwareHP Web Jetadmin is a Web-based software solution for remotely installing, monitoring, andtroubleshooting network-connected peripherals. The intuitive browser interface simplifies cross-platformmanagement of a wide range of devices, including HP and non-HP devices. Management is proactive,allowing network administrators the ability to resolve issues before users are affected. Download thisfree, enhanced-management software at www.hp.com/go/webjetadmin_software.

To obtain plug-ins to HP Web Jetadmin, click plug-ins, and then click the download link that is next tothe name of the plug-in that you want. The HP Web Jetadmin software can automatically notify youwhen new plug-ins are available. On the Product Update page, follow the directions to automaticallyconnect to the HP Web site.

If installed on a host server, HP Web Jetadmin is available to any client through a supported Webbrowser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 for Windows or Netscape Navigator 7.1 for Linux.Browse to the HP Web Jetadmin host.

NOTE Browsers must be Java-enabled. Browsing from an Apple PC is not supported.

152 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Use the HP Printer Utility for MacintoshUse the HP Printer Utility to configure and maintain a printer from a Mac OS X computer.

Open the HP Printer Utility

Open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10.2.8

1. Open the Finder, and then click Applications.

2. Click Library, and then click Printers.

3. Click hp, and then click Utilities.

4. Double-click HP Printer Selector to open the HP Printer Selector.

5. Select the device that you want to configure, and then click Utility.

Open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10.3, V10.4 and later

1. In the Dock, click the Printer Setup Utility icon.

NOTE If the Printer Setup Utility icon does not appear in the Dock, open the Finder,click Applications, click Utilities, and then double-click Printer Setup Utility.

2. Select the device that you want to configure, and then click Utility.

ENWW Use the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh 153

HP Printer Utility featuresThe HP Printer Utility consists of pages that you open by clicking in the Configuration Settings list.The following table describes the tasks that you can perform from these pages.

Item Description

Configuration Page Prints a configuration page.

Supplies Status Shows the device supplies status and provides links for online supplies-ordering.

HP Support Provides access to technical assistance, online supplies ordering, online registration, andrecycling and return information.

File Upload Transfers files from the computer to the device.

Upload Fonts Transfers font files from the computer to the device.

Firmware Update Transfers updated firmware files from the computer to the device.

Duplex Mode Turns on the automatic two-sided printing mode.

Economode & Toner Density Turns on the Economode setting to conserve toner, or adjusts toner density.

Resolution Changes the resolution settings, including the REt setting.

Lock Resources Locks or unlocks storage products, such as a hard disk.

Stored Jobs Manages print jobs that are stored on the device hard disk.

Trays Configuration Changes the default tray settings.

IP Settings Changes the device network settings and provides access to the embedded Web server.

Bonjour Settings Provides the ability to turn on or off Bonjour support or change the device service namethat is listed on a network.

Additional Settings Provides access to the embedded Web server.

E-mail Alerts Configures the device to send e-mail notices for certain events.

154 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Manage suppliesUsing, storing, and monitoring the print cartridge can help ensure high-quality output.

Supplies lifeThe average cartridge yield is 15,000 pages in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752. Actual cartridge yielddepends on specific use.

CAUTION The Economode feature allows the device to use less toner per page. SelectingEconomode extends the life of the toner supply and reduces the cost per page but reduces printquality. The printed image is lighter but is adequate for printing drafts or proofs. Hewlett-Packarddoes not recommend full-time use of Economode. If Economode is used full-time, the tonersupply might outlast the mechanical parts in the print cartridge. If print quality begins to degradeunder these circumstances, install a new print cartridge even if the print cartridge still containstoner.

Approximate print-cartridge replacement intervals

Print cartridge Page count Approximate time period1

Black 15,000 pages2 6 months

1 Approximate life is based on 2,000 pages per month.2 Approximate average A4-/letter-size page count based on approximately 5% coverage.

To order supplies online, go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.

Manage the print cartridge

Print-cartridge storageDo not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it.

CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than afew minutes.

Use genuine HP print cartridgesWhen you use a genuine new HP print cartridge, you can obtain the following supplies information:

● Percentage of supplies remaining

● Estimated number of pages remaining

● Number of pages printed

HP policy on non-HP print cartridgesHewlett-Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non-HP print cartridges, either new orremanufactured. Because they are not HP products, HP cannot influence their design or control theirquality.

ENWW Manage supplies 155

NOTE Any damage caused by a non-HP print cartridge is not covered under the HP warrantyand service agreements.

To install a new HP print cartridge, see Change the print cartridge. To recycle the used cartridge, followthe instructions included with the new cartridge.

Print-cartridge authenticationThe device automatically authenticates the print cartridge when it is inserted into the device. Duringauthentication, the device notifies you whether a cartridge is a genuine HP print cartridge.

If the device control-panel message states that this is not a genuine HP print cartridge and you believeyou purchased an HP print cartridge, see HP fraud hotline and Web site.

HP fraud hotline and Web siteCall the HP fraud hotline (1-877-219-3183, toll-free in North America) or go to www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit when you install an HP print cartridge and the control-panel message says the cartridgeis non-HP. HP will help determine if the cartridge is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem.

Your print cartridge might not be a genuine HP print cartridge if you notice the following:

● You are experiencing a high number of problems with the print cartridge.

● The cartridge does not look like it usually does (for example, the orange pull tab is missing, or thepackaging differs from HP packaging).

156 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Replace supplies and partsCarefully follow the guidelines in this section when replacing device supplies.

Supply replacement guidelinesTo facilitate the replacement of supplies, keep the following guidelines in mind when setting up thedevice.

● Sufficient space is required above and in the front of the device for removing supplies.

● The device should be located on a flat, sturdy surface.

For instructions on installing supplies, see the installation guides provided with each supply item or seemore information at www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.

NOTE Hewlett-Packard recommends the use of HP products in this device. Use of non-HP products may cause problems requiring service that is not covered by the HP warranty orservice agreements.

Change the print cartridgeWhen a print cartridge approaches the end of useful life, a message appears on the control panelrecommending that you order a replacement. The device can continue to print using the current printcartridge until a message appears instructing you to replace the cartridge.

1. Open the upper-right door door.

2. Remove the used print cartridge from the device.

ENWW Replace supplies and parts 157

3. Remove the new print cartridge from the bag. Place the used print cartridge in the bag for recycling.

4. Grasp both sides of the print cartridge and distribute the toner by gently rocking the print cartridge.

CAUTION Do not touch the shutter or the surface of the roller.

5. Remove the shipping tape and the orange tab from the new print cartridge. Discard the shippingtape according to local regulations.

158 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

6. Align the print cartridge with the tracks inside the device, and, using the handle, insert the printcartridge until it is firmly seated, and then close the upper-right door.

After a short time, the control panel should display Ready.

7. Installation is complete. Place the used print cartridge in the box in which the new cartridge arrived.See the enclosed recycling guide for recycling instructions.

8. If you are using a non-HP print cartridge, check the device control panel for further instructions.

For additional help, go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.

ENWW Replace supplies and parts 159

Perform preventive maintenanceThe device requires periodic maintenance to maintain optimum performance. A control-panel messagealerts you when it is time to purchase the preventive maintenance kits. Separate maintenanceprocedures are required for the printer-portion of the device (the print engine) and for the automaticdocument feeder (ADF).

Preventive maintenance for the print engineYou should replace certain parts when a control-panel message alerts you to perform printermaintenance.

When page count approaches 200,000 pages printed, the device alerts you to order a maintenance kit.The message can be temporarily cleared by using the Clear Maintenance Message item on theResets submenu under Administration. When the page count reaches 200,000, you can no longer clearthe message and you must install the maintenance kit. To check the number of pages that the devicehas printed since new maintenance-kit components were installed, print either a configuration page ora supplies-status page.

The print-engine maintenance kit includes the following items:

● Fuser

● Rollers (transfer, feed, and separation)

● Separation pads

● Installation instructions

Follow the instructions that come with the kit to install it.

NOTE The maintenance kit is a consumable item and is not covered under the original warrantyor under most extended warranties.

The ADF maintenance kitWhen the device approaches 60,000 pages fed through the ADF, the device alerts you to order an ADFkit. This message appears approximately one month before the kit needs to be replaced. Order a newkit when this message appears. After feeding 60,000 pages through the ADF, the device alerts you toinstall the new ADF kit. Install the new kit at that time.

The ADF maintenance kit includes the following items:

● One pick-up roller assembly

● One separation pad

● An instruction sheet

Follow the instructions that come with the kit to install it.

160 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Clean the deviceDuring the printing process, paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the product. Overtime, this buildup can cause print-quality problems, such as toner specks or smearing (see Solve print-quality problems). This product has a cleaning mode that can correct and prevent these types ofproblems.

Clean the exteriorUse a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the exterior of the device.

Clean the scanner glassDirty glass, from fingerprints, smudges, hair, and so on, slows down performance and affects theaccuracy of special features such as fit-to-page and copy.

NOTE If streaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic documentfeeder (ADF), clean the scanner strip (step 3). It is not necessary to clean the scanner glass.

1. Open the scanner lid.

2. Clean the glass by using a damp, lint-free cloth.

CAUTION Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbontetrachloride on any part of the device; these can damage the device. Do not place liquidsdirectly on the glass. They might seep under it and damage the device.

ENWW Clean the device 161

3. Clean the scanner strip by using a damp, lint-free cloth.

Clean the scanner lid backingMinor debris can accumulate on the white document lid backing that is located underneath the scannerlid.

1. Open the scanner lid.

2. Clean the white document lid backing by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened witha mild soap and warm water. Also, clean the scanner strip next to the ADF scanner glass.

3. Wash the backing gently to loosen debris; do not scrub the backing.

4. Dry the backing by using a chamois or soft cloth.

CAUTION Do not use paper-based wipes because they might scratch the backing.

5. If this does not clean the backing well enough, repeat the previous steps and use isopropyl alcoholto dampen the cloth or sponge, and then wipe the backing thoroughly with a damp cloth to removeany residual alcohol.

162 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Clean the ADFIf the ADF has trouble feeding documents, clean the ADF pickup roller assembly.

1. Open the ADF cover.

2. Wipe the ADF rollers with a soft, dry cloth.

3. Close the ADF cover.

NOTE If you are experiencing jams in the ADF, contact a local HP-authorized serviceprovider. See HP Customer Care.

ENWW Clean the device 163

Clean the paper path1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Print Quality.

3. Touch Calibration/Cleaning.

4. Touch Create Cleaning Page.

The device prints a cleaning page.

5. Follow the instructions printed on the cleaning page.

164 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

Calibrate the scannerCalibrate the scanner to compensate for offsets in the scanner imaging system (carriage head) for ADFand flatbed scans. Because of mechanical tolerances, the scanner's carriage head might not read theposition of the image accurately. During the calibration procedure, scanner offset values are calculatedand stored. The offset values are then used when producing scans so that the correct portion of thedocument is captured.

Scanner calibration should be carried out only if you notice offset problems with the scanned images.The scanner is calibrated before it leaves the factory. It needs to be calibrated again only rarely.

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Troubleshooting.

3. Touch Calibrate Scanner and then follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog box.

The device starts the calibration process, and Calibrating appears on the touchscreen status lineuntil the process is complete.

ENWW Calibrate the scanner 165

166 Chapter 10 Manage and maintain the device ENWW

11 Problem solving

This troubleshooting information is organized to help you resolve printing problems. Choose the generaltopic or type of problem from the following list.

● Problem-solving checklist

● Problem-solving flowchart

● Solve general printing problems

● Control-panel message types

● Control-panel messages

● Common causes of jams

● Jam locations

● Jam recovery

● Clear jams

● Clear staple jams

● Solve print-quality problems

● Solve network printing problems

● Solve fax problems

● Solve copy problems

● Solve e-mail problems

● Solve common Windows problems

● Solve common Macintosh problems

● Solve Linux problems

● Solve PostScript problems

ENWW 167

Problem-solving checklistIf you are experiencing problems, use the following checklist to identify the cause of the problem:

● Is the device connected to power?

● Is the device on?

● Is the device in the Ready state?

● Are all necessary cables connected?

● Do any messages appear on the control panel?

● Are genuine HP supplies installed?

● Was a recently replaced print cartridge installed correctly, and was the pull tab and/or attachedtape on the cartridge removed?

For additional information about installation and setup, see the getting started guide.

If you cannot find solutions to problems in this guide, go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp orwww.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.

Factors that affect performanceSeveral factors affect the time it takes to print a job:

● The use of special paper (such as transparencies, heavy paper, and custom-size paper)

● Device processing and download time

● The complexity and size of graphics

● The speed of the computer you are using

● The USB connection

● The I/O configuration

● The amount of memory installed

● The network operating system and configuration (if applicable)

● Device personality (PCL or PS)

NOTE Although additional memory can resolve memory problems, improve how the devicehandles complex graphics, and improve download times, it will not increase maximum printingspeed (ppm).

168 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Problem-solving flowchartSymptom Check Possible causes Possible solutions

The control-panel displayis blank, no lights are lit,and the device makes nosounds from the motors.

Is the power on? The power switch might be off.

The power cord might be unplugged.

The power outlet might not be workingcorrectly.

The internal power supply might havefailed.

1. Make sure the device is plugged inand the power switch is on.

2. Test the power outlet by pluggingthe device into an outlet that isknown to work.

3. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

The control panelindicates an error.

Do error messagesappear on the control-panel display?

Several conditions can cause an errormessage to appear.

1. Follow the instructions on thecontrol panel to resolve theproblem.

2. For more information, see Control-panel messages.

3. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

Are the main features,such as Copy and E-mail on the touchscreeninactive?

The scanner shipping lock might be inthe locked position.

Make sure the scanner shipping lock isunlocked. The scanner lock is on the leftside of the device, underneath thescanner.

Paper-feed problems Do jams occur frequently? The media does not meet specifications.

Paper remains in the device afterclearing a previous jam.

Some of the shipping tape, cardboard, orshipping locks are still in the device.

The maintenance kit items might beready for replacement.

1. Make sure the media meetsspecifications for the device. SeeSelect print media.

2. Open all doors and trays and checkfor jammed media. See Clearjams.

3. Make sure the print cartridge isinstalled correctly. See Change theprint cartridge.

4. Install the device maintenance kit.See Perform preventivemaintenance.

5. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

Do original documentsfeed correctly through theADF?

The original document might be printedon media that is too light or too heavy forthe ADF.

The ADF rollers and separation padmight be dirty.

The ADF maintenance kit parts mightneed to be replaced.

1. If the original document is printedon very heavy or light media, copyby using the flatbed glass.

2. Clean the ADF rollers andseparation pad. See Clean theADF.

3. Install the ADF maintenance kit.See Perform preventivemaintenance.

4. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

ENWW Problem-solving flowchart 169

Symptom Check Possible causes Possible solutions

Copy problems Are copies blank? The originals might have been loadedupside-down.

1. In the ADF, load originaldocuments face-up.

2. On the scanner glass, load originaldocuments face-down.

3. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

Are copies of poor qualityfrom the ADF and thescanner glass?

The copy settings need to be adjustedfor the original document.

See Adjust the copy settings.

If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. See HP CustomerCare.

Are copies of poor qualityonly from the ADF?

The ADF glass strip might be dirty. Clean the glass strip that is to the left ofthe scanner glass. See Clean thedevice.

If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. See HP CustomerCare.

Are copies of poor qualityonly from the scannerglass?

The scanner glass might be dirty Clean the scanner glass. See Clean thedevice.

If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. See HP CustomerCare.

Print-quality problems Is the overall print qualitypoor?

Is the printing too light?

Do lines, streaks, or dotsappear on the pages?

The media does not meet specifications.

The print cartridge might be empty ordamaged.

The maintenance kit items might beready for replacement.

1. Make sure the media meetsspecifications for the device. SeeSelect print media.

2. Replace the print cartridge. SeeChange the print cartridge

3. Install the device maintenance kit.See Perform preventivemaintenance.

4. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

General printing problems Can you print documentsfrom a computer?

The computer cable might be defective.

The printer driver might need to bereinstalled.

1. Try printing a configuration page atthe control panel. Touch NetworkAddress and then touch Print.

If the page prints, the problem iswith the cable or the driver.

2. Reconnect the cables.

3. Reinstall the printer driver. Theprinter driver is on the CD thatcame with the device.

4. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

170 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Symptom Check Possible causes Possible solutions

Can you print over thenetwork?

The network might not be configuredcorrectly.

1. Try connecting the computerdirectly to the device. If you canprint, the problem is with thenetwork configuration. See Solvenetwork printing problems.

2. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

Are you having problemsprinting from specificsoftware programs?

The problem might be with the softwareprogram.

1. Try printing from a differentsoftware program. If you can print,the problem is with the originalsoftware program.

2. See the documentation for thesoftware program.

Stapling problems Are jobs stapled? The staple cassette might be jammed.

The staple cassette might need to bereplaced.

The job might not be configured forstapling.

You might be using a paper size that isnot supported for stapling.

1. Remove the staple cassette andcheck if it is jammed or empty.See Clear staple jams.

2. For copy jobs, select the Staple/Collate option at the control panel.

For print jobs, make sure thestapler/stacker is configured in theprinter driver.

3. Use only Letter- or A4-size paperfor staple jobs.

4. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

Are the staples holdingthe pages together?

You might be using staples that are notmade for this device.

The job might have too many pages forstapling.

1. Replace the staple cartridge with astaple cartridge that is made for thisdevice. See Order parts,accessories, and supplies.

2. The stapler supports jobs that have30 or fewer pages, or a 3 mm stackheight.

3. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

Are the staples in thecorrect location?

You might need to change the pageorientation for the job.

1. For print jobs, adjust the pagelayout in the software program.

2. For copy jobs, load the documentinto the ADF with the long-edgefeeding first. See Load media intothe input trays.

3. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

ENWW Problem-solving flowchart 171

Symptom Check Possible causes Possible solutions

Stacking problems Are pages skewed? The jam-access door might not beclosed completely.

1. Make sure all the doors on the leftside of the device are closedcompletely.

2. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

Are the pages stackedneatly?

The paper might not meet specificationsfor the device.

The paper might be stored in anenvironment that does not meetspecifications.

1. Use paper that meetsspecifications. See Select printmedia

2. Store media in an area that meetsspecifications. See Operatingenvironment.

3. Try using paper from an unopenedream.

4. If the problem persists, contactHP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care.

E-mail problems Are you able to send e-mail attachments?

Does an “E-mail gatewaynot responding” messageappear on the controlpanel?

The SMTP gateway might need to bereconfigured.

See Solve e-mail problems.

Are you able to changethe “From” e-mailaddress?

The device might be configured so thatthe “From” e-mail address cannot bechanged.

The device might require you to sign inbefore you can change the “From” e-mailaddress.

Use the embedded Web server tochange these settings. See Use theembedded Web server.

Are you able to changethe file type or the colorsetting for e-mailattachments?

Change the settings at the control panelor by using the embedded Web server.

1. At the control panel, touch E-mail,and then touch More Options.See Change e-mail settings for thecurrent job.

2. To change the settings by using theembedded Web server, see Usethe embedded Web server.

Do you receive a “jobfailed” e-mail messagewhen you try to send an e-mail attachment?

The e-mail address to which you aresending the document might beincorrect.

The file size might be larger than themaximum allowable size for the SMTPgateway.

1. Send a test e-mail from yourcomputer.

2. Use the embedded Web server tochange the maximum allowablesize for e-mail attachments. SeeUse the embedded Web server.

Fax problems Is the Fax feature on thecontrol panel inactive?

You need to provide required settingsbefore using the Fax feature.

1. At the control panel, touchAdministration, touch Initial Setup,and touch Fax Setup.

2. Configure the settings forLocation, Date/Time, and FaxHeader.

172 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Symptom Check Possible causes Possible solutions

Is the Fax feature on thecontrol panel completelymissing?

The fax accessory might be installedincorrectly.

1. Make sure the fax accessory isinstalled correctly and that none ofthe pins are bent. See Install the faxaccessory.

2. Print a configuration page andcheck the modem status. It shouldindicate “Operational/Enabled”. Ifthe modem status is anything else,the problem is with the faxaccessory.

Is the Fax featureconfigured correctly butyou cannot send faxes?

You must use the phone cord that camewith the device.

The phone cord might not be connectedsecurely or the telephone line might notbe working.

You might have connected the device toa digital phone line instead of an analogphone line. The fax accessory requiresan analog phone line.

See Solve fax problems.

1. Always use the phone cord thatcame with the device.

2. Test the telephone line byconnecting a telephone to it andmaking a call.

3. Make sure you are connecting thedevice to an analog phone line.

Is the Fax featureconfigured correctly butyou cannot receive faxes?

A line splitter or surge-protection devicemight be interfering with incoming faxes.

An answering machine or voice-mailsystem might be intercepting theincoming fax transmission.

See Solve fax problems.

1. Do not use line splitters or surge-protection devices.

2. Disconnect the answering machineor voice-mail system.

3. Set the number of rings-to-answerfor the fax accessory to a lowernumber. See Initial Setup menu.

4. Make sure the device is connectedto a dedicated analog phone line.Do not use a roll-over line.

ENWW Problem-solving flowchart 173

Solve general printing problemsDevice selects media from the wrong tray.

Cause Solution

The tray selection in the software program might be incorrect. For many software programs, the paper tray selection is foundon the Page Setup menu within the program.

Check tray type and size configurations at the control panel.

For Macintosh computers, use the HP Printer Utility to changethe priority of the tray.

The configured size and type do not match the size and typeof the media that is loaded in the tray.

Through the control panel, change the configured size andtype to match the size and type of the media that is loaded inthe tray.

Device does not pull paper from tray.

Cause Solution

The tray is empty. Load paper in the tray.

The paper guides are set incorrectly. To set the guides correctly, see Load media into the inputtrays.

Make sure that the leading edge of the paper stack in the trayis even. An uneven edge can prevent the lift plate from rising.

Paper curls when it exits the device.

Cause Solution

The paper curls when it exits to the top output bin. Turn over the paper that you are printing on.

Reduce the fusing temperature to reduce the curling. (SeePrint Quality menu)

Print job is extremely slow.

Cause Solution

The job might be very complex.

The maximum speed of the device cannot be exceeded evenwhen more memory is added.

Printing speeds might be automatically reduced when printingon custom-sized media.

Note: Slower speeds are expected when printing on narrowpaper or rotated paper, when printing from tray 1, or when thefuser mode is adjusted for certain types of media.

Reduce the complexity of the page or try adjusting the print-quality settings. If this problem occurs frequently, add memoryto the device.

174 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Print job is extremely slow.

Cause Solution

You are printing a PDF or PostScript (PS) file but are using aPCL device driver.

Try using the PS device driver rather than the PCL devicedriver. (You can usually do this from a software program.)

In the device driver, Optimize for: is set to cardstock, heavy,rough, or bond paper.

In the device driver, set the type to plain paper (see Controlprint jobs).

NOTE If you change the setting to plain paper, theprint job will print faster. However, if you are usingheavy media, for best results leave the device driverset to heavy even though printing might be slower.

Print job prints on both sides of the paper.

Cause Solution

The device is set for duplexing. See Open the printer drivers to change the setting, or see theonline Help.

Print job contains only one page but the device processes the back side of the page as well (the page comes part ofthe way out, and then goes back into the device).

Cause Solution

The device is set for duplexing. Even if the print job containsonly one page, the device also processes the back side.

See Open the printer drivers to change the setting, or see theonline Help.

Pages print, but are totally blank.

Cause Solution

The sealing tape might still be on the print cartridge. Remove the print cartridge and pull out the sealing tape.Reinstall the print cartridge.

The file might have blank pages. Check the file to make sure that it does not contain blankpages.

The device prints, but the text is wrong, garbled, or incomplete.

Cause Solution

The device cable is loose or defective. Disconnect the device cable and reconnect it. Try a print jobthat you know works. If possible, attach the cable and deviceto another computer and try a print job that you know works.Finally, try a new cable.

The device is on a network or sharing device and is notreceiving a clear signal.

Disconnect the device from the network and use USB cable toattach it directly to a computer. Print a job that you know works.

ENWW Solve general printing problems 175

The device prints, but the text is wrong, garbled, or incomplete.

Cause Solution

The wrong driver was selected in the software. Check the software device selection menu to make sure thatan HP LaserJet M5025 or HP LaserJet M5035 device isselected.

The software program is malfunctioning. Try printing a job from another program.

The device does not respond when you select Print in the software.

Cause Solution

The device is out of media. Add media.

The device might be in the manual-feed mode. Change the device from manual-feed mode.

The cable between the computer and the device is notconnected correctly.

Disconnect and reconnect the cable.

The device cable is defective. If possible, attach the cable to another computer and print ajob that you know works. You might also try using a differentcable.

The wrong device was selected in the software. Check the software device selection menu to make sure thatan HP LaserJet M5025 or HP LaserJet M5035 device isselected.

The device might have a jam. Clear any jams, paying careful attention to the duplexer area(if your model has a duplexer). See Clear jams.

The software for the device is not configured for the deviceport.

Check the software device selection menu to make sure thatit is using the correct port. If the computer has more than oneport, make sure that the device is attached to the correct one.

The device is on a network and is not receiving a signal. Disconnect the device from the network and use a parallel orUSB cable to attach it directly to a computer. Reinstall theprinting software. Print a job that you know works.

Clear any stopped jobs from the print queue.

The device is not receiving power. If no lights are on, check the power cord connections. Checkthe power switch. Check the power source.

The device is malfunctioning. Check the control-panel display for messages and lights todetermine if the device is indicating an error. Note anymessage and see Control-panel messages.

176 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Control-panel message typesFour types of control-panel messages can indicate the status of or problems with the device.

Message type Description

Status messages Status messages reflect the current state of the device. They inform you of normal device operationand require no interaction to clear them. They change as the state of the device changes. Wheneverthe device is ready, not busy, and has no pending warning messages, the status message Readyappears if the device is online.

Warning messages Warning messages inform you of data and print errors. These messages typically alternate withthe Ready or status messages and remain until you touch OK. Some warning messages are clearable.If Clearable Warnings is set to Job on the device Device Behavior menu, the next print job clearsthese messages.

Error messages Error messages communicate that some action must be performed, such as adding paper or clearinga jam.

Some error messages are auto-continuable. If Auto Continue is set on the menus, the device willcontinue normal operation after an auto-continuable error message appears for 10 seconds.

NOTE Pressing any button during the 10-second auto-continuable error message overridesthe auto-continue feature, and the button function takes precedence. For example, pressingthe Stop button pauses printing and offers the option to cancel the print job.

Critical-error messages Critical error messages inform you of a device failure. Some of these messages can be cleared byturning the device off and then on. These messages are not affected by the Auto Continue setting.If a critical error persists, service is required.

ENWW Control-panel message types 177

Control-panel messagesTable 11-1 Control-panel messages

Control panel message Description Recommended action

10.32.00 - Unauthorized Supply A supply has been installed that does notpass the authentication test for genuine HPsupplies.

If you believe you purchased a genuine HPsupply, visit us at www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit. Any repair required as a resultof using non-HP supplies or unauthorizedsupplies are not covered under warranty. HPcannot ensure the accuracy or the availabilityof certain features.

To continue printing, touch OK.

10.XX.YY Supply memory error The device cannot read or write to the printcartridge e-label, or the e-label is missingfrom the print cartridge.

Reinstall the print cartridge, or install a newHP print cartridge.

11.XX - Internal clock error To continuetouch OK

The device real time clock has experiencedan error.

Whenever the device is turned off and thenturned on again, set the time and date at thecontrol panel. See Time/Scheduling menu.

If the error persists, you might need to replacethe formatter.

13.XX.YY - Jam in Tray 1 Media is jammed in tray 1. Remove the jammed media from tray 1.Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox, or see Clear jams from the tray 1 inputarea.

13.XX.YY - Jam in Tray X Media is jammed in the specified tray. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox, or see Clear jams from the input areasof trays 2 and 3 or Clear jams from the inputareas of optional trays.

13.XX.YY - Jam inside duplexer Media is jammed in the duplexer. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox, or see Clear jams from the optionalduplexer.

13.XX.YY - Jam inside left door Media is jammed inside the left door. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox, or see Clear jams from the stapler/stacker.

13.XX.YY - Jam inside lower-left door Media is jammed inside the lower-left door. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox, or see Clear jams from the output path.

13.XX.YY - Jam inside lower-right door Media is jammed inside the lower-right door. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox, or see Clear jams from the input areasof optional trays.

13.XX.YY - Jam inside middle-right door Media is jammed inside the middle-right door. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox, or see Clear jams from the input areasof trays 2 and 3.

13.XX.YY - Jam inside upper-right door Media is jammed inside the upper-right door. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox, or see Clear jams from the print-cartridge area.

13.XX.YY - Paper wrapped around fuser A jam has occurred because paper haswrapped around the fuser.

Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox.

13.XX.YY - Stapler jam inside stapler door A jam has occurred inside the stapler door. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox, or see Clear staple jams.

178 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Control panel message Description Recommended action

20 Insufficient memory To continue touchOK

The device received more data than can fit inthe available memory. You might have triedto transfer too many macros, soft fonts, orcomplex graphics.

Touch OK to print the transferred data (somedata might be lost), and then simplify the printjob or install additional memory.

21 Page too complex To continue touchOK

The page formatting process was not fastenough for the device.

Touch OK to print the transferred data. (Somedata might be lost.) If this message appearsoften, simplify the print job.

22 EIO <X> buffer overflow To continuetouch OK

Too much data was sent to the EIO card inthe specified slot (X). An incorrectcommunications protocol might be in use.

Touch OK to print the transferred data. (Somedata might be lost.)

Check the host configuration. If this messagepersists, contact an HP-authorized service orsupport provider. (See the HP support flyer,or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp orwww.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

22 Embedded I/O buffer overflow Tocontinue touch OK

Too much data was sent to the embeddedHP Jetdirect print server.

Touch OK to print the transferred data. (Somedata might be lost.)

22 USB I/O buffer overflow To continuetouch OK

Too much data was sent to the USB buffer. Touch OK to clear the error message. (Datawill be lost.)

30.1.YY Scanner failure An error has occurred in the scanner. Turn the device off and then on.

Make sure the scanner lock is in the unlockedposition.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

40 Bad serial transmission To continuetouch OK

A serial data error (parity, framing, or lineoverrun) occurred as data was being sent bythe computer.

Touch OK to clear the error message. (Datawill be lost.)

40 EIO <X> bad transmission To continuetouch OK

The connection between the device and theEIO card in the specified slot has beenbroken.

Touch OK to clear the error message andcontinue printing.

40 Embedded I/O bad transmission Tocontinue touch OK

A temporary printing error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or www.hp.com/go/M5025_software or www.hp.com/go/M5035_software.)

41.3 - Load tray <XX> To use another tray,touch OK

The specified tray does not contain thespecified media size.

Touch OK to use a tray that contains mediaof the correct size.

41.3 - Load tray <XX>: <Type>, <Size> The specified tray is loaded with media thatis longer or shorter in the feed direction thanthe size configured for the tray.

Touch OK to display Tray <X> Size.Reconfigure the size in a tray so that thedevice will use a tray that is loaded with thesize of media required for the print job. If themessage does not clear automatically fromthe control-panel display, turn the device off,and then turn the device on.

Table 11-1 Control-panel messages (continued)

ENWW Control-panel messages 179

Control panel message Description Recommended action

41.X Error To continue touch OK A temporary printing error occurred. Touch OK to clear the error. If the error is notcleared, turn the device off, and then turn thedevice on.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

49.XXXXX ERROR To continue turn offthen on

A critical firmware error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

50.X FUSER ERROR To continue turn offthen on

A fuser error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

51.XY ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

52.XY ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

53.XY.ZZ CHECK RAM DIMM SLOT <X> Tocontinue turn off then on

A problem exists with the device memory.The DIMM that caused the error will not beused.

You might need to reinstall or replace theDIMM.

Turn the device off, and then replace theDIMM. See Installing printer memory.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

54.XX ERROR A temporary printing error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/

Table 11-1 Control-panel messages (continued)

180 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Control panel message Description Recommended action

support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

55.XX.YY DC CONTROLLER ERROR Tocontinue turn off then on

The print engine is not communicating withthe formatter.

Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

56.XX ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

57.X ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

58.XX ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

59.XY ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

62 NO SYSTEM To continue turn off thenon

A problem exists with the device firmware. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

64 ERROR To continue turn off then on A scan buffer error occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/

Table 11-1 Control-panel messages (continued)

ENWW Control-panel messages 181

Control panel message Description Recommended action

support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

68.X Permanent storage full The device NVRAM is full. Some settingssaved in the NVRAM might have been resetto the factory defaults. Printing can continue,but some unexpected functions might occurif an error occurred in permanent storage.

Touch OK to clear the message. If themessage is not cleared, turn the device off,and then turn the device on.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

68.X Permanent storage write fail The device NVRAM is failing to write. Printingcan continue, but some unexpected functionsmight occur if an error occurred in permanentstorage.

Touch OK to clear the message. If themessage is not cleared, turn the device off,and then turn the device on.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

68.X Storage error settings changed Tocontinue touch OK

One or more device settings are invalid andhave been reset to the factory-defaultsettings. Printing can continue, but someunexpected functions might occur if an erroroccurred in permanent storage.

Touch OK to clear the message. If themessage is not cleared, turn the device off,and then turn the device on.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

69.X ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

79.XXXX ERROR To continue turn off thenon

A critical hardware error occurred. Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

8X.YYYY EIO ERROR To continue turn offthen on

The EIO accessory card has encountered acritical error, as specified by YYYY.

Try the following actions to clear themessage.

1. Turn the device off, and then turn thedevice on.

2. Turn the device off, reinstall the EIOaccessory, and then turn the device on.

3. Replace the EIO accessory.

Table 11-1 Control-panel messages (continued)

182 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Control panel message Description Recommended action

8X.YYYY EMBEDDED JETDIRECT ERRORTo continue turn off then on

The embedded HP Jetdirect print server hasencountered a critical error, as specified byYYYY.

Turn the device off, and then turn the deviceon.

If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

Access denied menus locked The control panel function that you are tryingto use has been locked to preventunauthorized access.

Contact the network administrator.

Action not currently available for Tray <X>Tray size cannot be any size/any custom

A duplexed (2-sided) document wasrequested from a tray that is set to Any sizeor Any custom. Duplexing is not allowedfrom a tray configured to Any size or Anycustom.

Select another tray or reconfigure the tray.

Authentication Required Authentication has been enabled for thisfeature or destination. A username andpassword are required.

Type the user name and password, or contactthe network administrator.

Authentication Required To Use ThisFeature

A user name and password are required. Type the user name and password, or contactthe network administrator.

Bad duplexer connection The duplex printing accessory is notconnected correctly to the device.

Remove and reinstall the duplexer.

If the message persists contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.

Chosen personality not available Tocontinue touch OK

A print job requested a language (personality)that is not available for this device. The jobwill not print and will be cleared frommemory.

Print the job by using a printer driver for adifferent printer language, or add therequested language to the device (ifpossible). To see a list of availablepersonalities, print a configuration page.See Use information pages.

Digital send communication error An error has occurred during a digital sendtask.

Contact the network administrator.

Document feeder cover open The document feeder (ADF) cover is open. Close the document feeder (ADF) cover.Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox.

Document feeder empty The document feeder (ADF) does not containpaper.

Load paper in the document feeder (ADF)input tray.

Document feeder paper jam Media is jammed in the document feeder(ADF).

Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox. See Clear jams from the automaticdocument feeder (ADF).

Document feeder pick error The document feeder (ADF) experienced anerror while picking media.

Make sure that your original contains no morethan 50 pages. Follow the instructions in theonscreen dialog box.

E-mail Gateway did not accept the jobbecause the attachment was too large.

The scanned documents have exceeded thesize limit of the server.

Send the job again using a lower resolution,smaller file size setting, or fewer pages.See Use the embedded Web server to learnhow to reduce the size of the attachment.Contact the network administrator to enable

Table 11-1 Control-panel messages (continued)

ENWW Control-panel messages 183

Control panel message Description Recommended action

sending the scanned documents by usingmultiple e-mails.

E-mail Gateway did not respond. Jobfailed.

A gateway has exceeded the time out value. Validate the SMTP IP address. See Solvee-mail problems.

E-mail Gateway rejected the job becauseof the addressing information. Job failed.

One or more of the e-mail addresses isincorrect.

Send the job again with the correctaddresses.

Error executing Digital Send job. Jobfailed.

A digital send job has failed and cannot bedelivered.

Try to send the job again.

Folder list is full. To add a folder, you mustfirst delete a folder.

The device limits the number of folders thatcan be established.

Delete an unused folder to add a new folder.

HP digital sending: delivery error A digital send job has failed and cannot bedelivered.

Send the job again.

Insert or close tray <XX> The specified tray is missing or open. Insert or close the specified tray to continue.

Install black cartridge The print cartridge has been removed or hasbeen installed incorrectly.

Replace or reinstall the print cartridgecorrectly to continue printing.

Insufficient memory to load fonts/data<device> To continue touch OK

The device does not have enough memory toload the data (for example, fonts or macros)from the location specified.

Touch OK to continue without thisinformation. If the message persists, addmore memory.

Jam in document feeder Media is jammed in the document feeder(ADF).

Remove jammed media from the documentfeeder (ADF). Follow the instructions in theonscreen dialog box, or see Clear jams fromthe automatic document feeder (ADF).

If the message persists after all jams havebeen cleared, a sensor might be stuck orbroken. Contact an HP-authorized service orsupport provider. See the HP support flyer, orgo to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp orwww.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.

LDAP server is not responding. Contactadministrator.

The LDAP server has exceeded the time outvalue for an address request.

Verify the LDAP server address. See Solvee-mail problems. Contact the networkadministrator.

Load Tray 1: <type>, <size> The tray is empty or configured for a differentsize than the size requested.

Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox.

Manually feed: <type>, <size> The specified job requires manual feed fromtray 1.

Load the requested media into tray 1.

To override the message, touch OK to use atype and size of media that is available inanother tray.

Network connection required for digitalsending. Contact administrator.

A digital-sending feature has beenconfigured, but a network connection is notdetected.

Verify the network connection. See Solvenetwork printing problems. Contact thenetwork administrator.

Non HP supply installed Economodedisabled

A non-HP supply or a refilled HP supply hasbeen installed.

Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialogbox.

Novell Login Required Novell authentication has been enabled forthis destination.

Enter Novell network credentials to accessthe copy and fax features.

Order black cartridge The number of pages remaining for the printcartridge has reached the low threshold. The

Touch OK to continue printing until the printcartridge is out of toner.

Table 11-1 Control-panel messages (continued)

184 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Control panel message Description Recommended action

device was set to stop printing when a supplyneeds to be ordered.

To order a new print cartridge, see Orderparts, accessories, and supplies.

Order staple cartridge Fewer than 20 staples remain in the staplecartridge. Printing can continue.

Order a new staple cartridge. See Orderparts, accessories, and supplies.

Output bin <X> full The specified output bin is full, and printingcannot continue.

Empty the bin to continue printing.

Output paper path open The stapler door is open and must be closedbefore printing can continue.

Make sure the staple cartridge is snappedinto position and that the stapler door isclosed.

Password or name is incorrect. Pleaseenter correct login.

The user name or password was typedincorrectly.

Retype the user name and password.

PIN is incorrect. Please enter a 4-digit PIN. The PIN format is incorrect. Type the 4-digit PIN.

PIN is incorrect. Please re-enter PIN. The PIN was typed incorrectly. Retype the PIN.

Please turn device off and install harddisk.

The requested job requires a hard disk, butthe device does not have a hard diskinstalled.

Turn the device off and install a hard disk.

Reinsert duplexer The duplexer has been removed and must bereinstalled.

Reinsert the duplexer in the device.

Replace black cartridge The print cartridge is out of toner. Printingcannot continue because damage to thedevice might result.

NOTE Depending on how thedevice is configured, this messagemight appear when it is time to ordera new print cartridge. In this case,the message indicates that you cantouch OK to continue printing.

Replace the print cartridge. See Change theprint cartridge.

Replace black cartridge To continuetouch OK

The print cartridge is out of toner. Replace the print cartridge. (See Change theprint cartridge.)

Replace staple cartridge The stapler is out of staples. Replace the staple cartridge. Load staples.For information about ordering a new staplecartridge, see Order parts, accessories, andsupplies.

Resend stapler/stacker firmware A problem occurred while updating thefirmware for the stapler/stacker.

Send the upgrade again.

Sanitizing disk <X>% complete Do notpower off

The hard disk is being cleaned. Contact the network administrator.

Scan failure Press Start to rescan The scan was unsuccessful and thedocument needs to be rescanned.

If necessary, reposition the document torescan it, and then press Start.

SMTP gateway not responding The SMTP gateway has exceeded a time outvalue.

Verify the e-mail server address. See Solvee-mail problems. Contact the networkadministrator.

The digital sending service at <IPAddress> does not service this MFP.Contact administrator.

The device cannot communicate with thespecified IP address.

Verify the IP address. Contact the networkadministrator.

Table 11-1 Control-panel messages (continued)

ENWW Control-panel messages 185

Control panel message Description Recommended action

The digital sending service must beupgraded to support this version of theMFP firmware. Contact administrator.

The digital sending service is not supportedby the device firmware version that iscurrently installed.

Check the firmware version. Contact thenetwork administrator.

The folder you have entered is not a validfolder.

The folder name was entered incorrectly, orthe folder does not exist.

Re-enter the folder name correctly, or add thefolder.

Too many pages in job to staple The maximum number of sheets the staplercan staple is 30.

For print jobs that have more than 30 pages,staple them manually.

Unable to connect A network connection is not detected. Verify the network connection. Contact thenetwork administrator.

Unable to copy The device was unable to copy the document.If this message persists, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider. (Seethe HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

To temporarily hide this message in order tofax or send to e-mail, touch Hide.

Unable to send A network connection is not detected. Verify the network connection. Contact thenetwork administrator.

Unable to send fax. Please check faxconfiguration.

The device is unable to send a fax job. Contact the network administrator.

Unable to send job The device is unable to send a job. To temporarily hide this message in order tosend e-mail, touch Hide. If this messagepersists, contact an HP-authorized service orsupport provider. (See the HP support flyer,or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp orwww.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

Unable to store job The device is unable to store a job. To temporarily hide this message in order tofax or send to e-mail, touch Hide. If thismessage persists, contact an HP-authorizedservice or support provider. (See theHP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.)

User name or password is incorrect.Please re-enter.

The user name or password was typedincorrectly.

Retype the user name and password.

User name, job name, or PIN is missing. One or more of the required items has notbeen selected or typed.

Select the correct user name and job name,and type the correct PIN.

Table 11-1 Control-panel messages (continued)

186 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Common causes of jamsThe device is jammed.

Cause Solution

The media does not meet specifications. Use only media that meets HP specifications. See Media andtrays.

A component is installed incorrectly. Verify that the print cartridge is correctly installed.

You are using media that has already passed through a deviceor copier.

Do not use media that has been previously printed on orcopied.

An input tray is loaded incorrectly. Remove any excess media from the input tray. Make sure thatthe stack is below the maximum stack height mark in the tray.See Load media into the input trays.

The media is skewed. The input-tray guides are not adjusted correctly. Adjust themso they hold the stack firmly in place without bending it.

The media is binding or sticking together. Remove the media, flex it, rotate it 180°, or flip it over. Reloadthe media into the input tray.

The media is removed before it settles into the output bin. Reset the device. Wait until the page completely settles in theoutput bin before removing it.

During two-sided printing, you removed the paper before thesecond side of the document was printed.

Reset the device and print the document again. Wait until thepage completely settles in the output bin before removing it.

The media is in poor condition. Replace the media.

The internal tray rollers are not picking up the media. If the media is heavier than 163 g/m2 (43 lb), it might not bepicked from the tray.

The media has rough or jagged edges. Replace the media.

The media is perforated or embossed. Perforated or embossed media does not separate easily. Feedsingle sheets from tray 1.

Device supply items have reached the end of their useful life. Check the device control panel for messages prompting youto replace supplies, or print a supplies status page to verify theremaining life of the supplies. See Use information pages.

Paper was not stored correctly. Replace the paper in the trays. Paper should be stored in theoriginal packaging in a controlled environment.

Not all device packing material was removed. Verify that the packing tape, cardboard, and plastic shippinglocks have been removed from the device.

1 If the device still continues to jam, contact HP Customer Support or your authorized HP service provider.

ENWW Common causes of jams 187

Jam locationsUse this illustration to troubleshoot jams in the device. For instructions about clearing jams, see Clearjams.

1 ADF See Clear jams from the automatic document feeder(ADF).

2 Stapler/stacker See Clear jams from the stapler/stacker for media jamsor see Clear staple jams for staple jams.

3 Output path See Clear jams from the output path.

4 Duplex path (for two-sided printing) See Clear jams from the optional duplexer.

5 Stapler/stacker output bin See Clear jams from the stapler/stacker.

6 Output bin See Clear jams from the output path.

7 Print cartridge See Clear jams from the print-cartridge area.

8 Input trays See Clear jams from the tray 1 input area and Clear jamsfrom the input areas of trays 2 and 3.

9 Optional input trays See Clear jams from the input areas of optional trays.

188 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Jam recoveryThe device has a jam-recovery feature that determines if the device will reprint jammed pages after thejam is cleared.

● Auto instructs the device to automatically turn jam recovery on when sufficient device memory.

● Off instructs the device not to attempt to reprint jammed pages. This setting helps conserve devicememory.

● On instructs the device to reprint any page that was involved in a paper jam after the jam has beencleared.

NOTE During the recovery process, the device might reprint pages that were printed before thejam occurred. Be sure to remove any duplicated pages.

To improve print speed and increase memory resources, you might want to disable the jam recovery.

Turn off jam recovery

1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.

2. Touch Device Behavior.

3. Touch Warning/Error Behavior.

4. Touch Jam Recovery.

5. Touch Off.

6. Touch Save.

ENWW Jam recovery 189

Clear jamsWhen clearing jams, be very careful not to tear the media. If a small piece of media remains in the device,it could cause additional jams.

Clear jams from the automatic document feeder (ADF)Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a fax, copy, or scan job. When this happens, the control-panel message Jam in document feeder alerts you to the jam. To clear the jam, follow the instructionson the onscreen dialog box or follow the steps below.

1. Open the ADF cover.

2. If you were copying two-sided documents, lift the green lever to open the reversing unit, and thenremove any media from inside the reversing unit.

190 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

3. Gently try to remove the page without tearing it. Also pull paper from the ADF output bin. If you feelresistance, go to the next step.

4. Turn the green wheel to advance the media out of the ADF.

5. Close the ADF cover. If you were not able to remove all of the jammed media, continue to the nextstep.

ENWW Clear jams 191

6. Open the ADF lid and gently loosen the media by using both hands.

7. When the media is free, gently pull it out in the direction shown.

8. Close the lid to the flatbed scanner.

192 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Clear jams from the stapler/stackerThe control-panel message 13.XX.YY Jam inside left door on the HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP alertsyou to a jam in the stapler/stacker. To clear the jam, follow the instructions on the onscreen dialog boxor follow the steps below.

1. If the most of the jammed media is visible exiting the device into the stapler/stacker output bin,grasp both sides of the media and slowly pull the media out of the device.

NOTE If media is jammed in the stapler/stacker, but most of the media is still inside thedevice, it is better to remove it through upper-left door.

2. Open the upper-left door.

3. Press the green bar to release any jammed media and look for jammed media inside the device.

ENWW Clear jams 193

4. Grasp both sides of the media, and slowly pull the media out of the device.

5. Close the upper-left door door. Make sure that both sides of the door snap into place.

If a jam message persists, there is still media in the device. Look for media in other locations.

194 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Clear jams from the output pathTo clear jams in output path, follow the instructions on the onscreen dialog box or follow the steps below.The following control-panel messages alert you to jams in the output path:

● 13.XX.YY Jam inside left door (HP LaserJet M5025 MFP, HP LaserJet M5035 MFP, andHP LaserJet M5035X MFP)

● 13.XX.YY Jam inside lower-left door (HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP)

1. If the most of the jammed media is visible exiting the device into the output bin, grasp both sidesof the media and slowly pull the media out of the device.

NOTE If media is jammed in the output bin, but most of the media is still inside the device,it is better to remove it through jam-access door.

2. Open the jam-access door.

ENWW Clear jams 195

3. Grasp both sides of the media, and slowly pull the media out of the device. (There might be loosetoner on the media. Be careful not to spill it on yourself or into the device.)

NOTE If media is difficult to remove, try opening the upper-right door and removing theprint cartridge to release pressure on the media.

4. Close the jam access door.

If a jam message persists, there is still media in the device. Look for media in other locations.

196 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Clear jams from the optional duplexerThe control-panel message 13.XX.YY Jam inside duplexer alerts you to a jam in the optional duplexer.To clear the jam, follow the instructions on the onscreen dialog box or follow the steps below.

1. Remove the duplexer.

2. Remove any media from the duplexer.

3. Reinstall the duplexer.

ENWW Clear jams 197

Clear jams from the print-cartridge areaThe control-panel message 13.XX.YY Jam inside upper-right door alerts you to a jam in the print-cartridge area. To clear the jam, follow the instructions on the onscreen dialog box or follow the stepsbelow.

1. Open the jam access door.

2. Open the upper-right door and remove the print cartridge.

CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not expose it to light for more thana few minutes.

3. Lift the metal plate inside the device.

198 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

4. Slowly pull the media out of the device. Be careful to not tear the media.

CAUTION Avoid spilling loose toner. Use a dry, lint-free cloth, to clean any toner that mighthave fallen into the device. If loose toner falls into the device, it might cause temporaryproblems with print quality. Loose toner should clear from the paper path after a few pagesare printed. If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash clothing incold water. (Hot water sets toner into fabric.)

5. Replace the print cartridge, and then close the upper-right door.

6. Close the jam access door.

If a jam message persists, there is still media in the device. Look for media in other locations.

ENWW Clear jams 199

Clear jams from the input-tray areas

Clear jams from the tray 1 input areaThe control-panel message 13.XX.YY Jam in Tray 1 alerts you to a jam in the tray 1 input area. Toclear the jam, follow the instructions on the onscreen dialog box or follow the steps below.

1. If the edge of the media is visible in the feed area, slowly pull it out of the device.

2. If the edge of the media is not visible, remove media from tray 1 and see Clear jams from the print-cartridge area.

Clear jams from the input areas of trays 2 and 3To clear jams in tray 2 and tray 3, follow the instructions on the onscreen dialog box or follow the stepsbelow. The following control-panel messages alert you to jams in trays 2 and 3:

● 13.XX.YY Jam in Tray 2

● 13.XX.YY Jam in Tray 3

● Jam inside lower-left door (HP LaserJet M5025 MFP and HP LaserJet M5035 MFP)

● Jam inside middle-left door (HP LaserJet M5035X MFP and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP)

1. Open the right-side access door. If the jammed page is visible, gently pull it out of the device.

2. If you were not able to clear the jam by using the door, slide the tray out of the device, and removeany damaged paper from the tray.

200 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

3. If the edge of the paper is visible in the feed area, slowly pull the paper toward the left side andthen out of the device.

NOTE Do not force the paper if it will not move easily. If the paper is stuck in a tray, tryremoving it through the tray above (if applicable) or through the print-cartridge area.

4. Close the door and slide the tray back into the device.

NOTE Before replacing the tray, make sure the paper is flat in the tray at all four cornersand below the tabs on the guides.

NOTE If you were not able to clear the jam from the input area, paper might be jammed in theprint-cartridge area. See Clear jams from the print-cartridge area.

If a jam message persists, there is still media in the device. Look for media in other locations.

ENWW Clear jams 201

Clear jams from the input areas of optional traysTo clear jams in optional trays, follow the instructions on the onscreen dialog box or follow the stepsbelow. The following control-panel messages alert you to jams in optional trays:

● 13.XX.YY Jam in Tray 4 (HP LaserJet M5035X MFP and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP)

● 13.XX.YY Jam in Tray 5 (HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP)

● 13.XX.YY Jam in Tray 6 (HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP)

● Jam inside middle-left door (HP LaserJet M5035X MFP and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP)

● Jam inside lower-left door (HP LaserJet M5035X MFP and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP)

1. Open the right-side access door. If the jam is in tray 5 or tray 6, also open the lower-right accessdoor. If the jammed page is visible, gently pull it out of the device.

2. If you were not able to clear the jam by using the doors, slide the tray out of the device, and removeany damaged paper from the tray.

202 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

3. If the edge of the paper is visible in the feed area, slowly pull the paper toward the left side and outof the device.

NOTE Do not force the paper if it will not move easily. If the paper is stuck in a tray, tryremoving it through the tray above (if applicable) or through the upper, right door.

4. Close the doors and slide the tray back into the device.

NOTE Before replacing the tray, make sure the paper is flat in the tray at all four cornersand below the tabs on the guides.

NOTE If you were not able to clear the jam from the input area, paper might be jammed in theprint-cartridge area. See Clear jams from the print-cartridge area.

If a jam message persists, there is still media in the device. Look for media in other locations.

ENWW Clear jams 203

Solve repeated jamsIf jams occur frequently, try the following actions:

● Check all the jam locations. A piece of media might be stuck somewhere in the device.

● Check that media is correctly loaded in the trays, that the trays are correctly adjusted for the loadedmedia size, and that the trays are not overfilled.

● Check that all trays and paper-handling accessories are completely inserted into the device. (If atray is open during a print job, a jam might occur.)

● Check that all covers and doors are closed. (If a cover or door is open during a print job, a jammight occur.)

● The sheets might be sticking together. Try bending the stack to separate each sheet. Do not fanthe stack.

● If you are printing from tray 1, try feeding fewer sheets of media at a time.

● If you are printing small sizes (such as index cards), make sure that the media is oriented correctlyin the tray.

● Turn over the media stack in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.

● Try rotating media to feed through the device from a different orientation.

● Check the media quality. Do not use damaged or irregular media.

● Use only media that meets HP specifications. See Media and trays.

● Do not use media that has already been used in a printer or copier. Do not print on both sides ofenvelopes, transparencies, vellum, or labels.

● Do not use media with staples or media that has had the staple removed. Staples can damage thedevice and can void warranty.

● Make sure that the power supplied to the device is steady and meets specifications. SeeSpecifications.

● Clean the device. See Clean the device.

● Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider to perform routine maintenance. See thesupport flyer that was included with the device, or see HP Customer Care.

204 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Clear staple jamsTo reduce the risk of staple jams, make sure that you staple 30 or fewer pages of media (80 g/m2 or20 lb) at a time.

The control-panel message 13.XX.YY Stapler jam inside stapler door on the HP LaserJet M5035XSMFP alerts you to a staple jam. To clear the jam, follow the instructions on the onscreen dialog box orfollow the steps below.

1. Open the stapler door.

2. Lift up the green handle on the staple cartridge to dislodge it and then pull the cartridge out of thedevice.

3. Clear any loose staples from the stapler and from the staple cassette.

ENWW Clear staple jams 205

4. Lift up on the small lever at the back of the staple cartridge.

5. Remove the staples that protrude from the staple cartridge.

6. Close the lever at the back of the staple cartridge. Be sure that it snaps into place.

7. Insert the staple cartridge into the opening inside the stapler door and then press the green handledown.

206 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

8. Close the stapler door.

9. Test the stapler by printing or copying a staple job.

Repeat steps these steps, if necessary.

ENWW Clear staple jams 207

Solve print-quality problemsThis section helps you define print-quality problems and what to do to correct them. Often print- qualityproblems can be handled easily by making sure that the device is correctly maintained, using print mediathat meets HP specifications, or running a cleaning page.

Print-quality problems associated with mediaSome print-quality problems arise from the use of inappropriate media.

● Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media and trays.

● The surface of the media is too smooth. Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media andtrays.

● The moisture content is uneven, too high, or too low. Use media from a different source or from anunopened ream.

● Some areas of the media reject toner. Use media from a different source or from an unopenedream.

● The letterhead you are using is printed on rough media. Use a smoother, xerographic media. If thissolves your problem, ask the supplier of your letterhead to use media that meets the specificationsfor this device. See Media and trays.

● The media is excessively rough. Use a smoother, xerographic media.

● The driver setting is incorrect. To change the media type setting, see Control print jobs.

● The media that you are using is too heavy for the media type setting that you selected, and thetoner is not fusing to the media.

Print-quality problems associated with the environmentIf the device is operating in excessively humid or dry conditions, verify that the printing environment iswithin specifications. See Operating environment.

Print-quality problems associated with jamsMake sure that all sheets are cleared from the paper path. See Clear jams.

● If the device recently jammed, print two to three pages to clean the device.

● If the sheets do not pass through the fuser and cause image defects on subsequent documents,print three pages to clean the device. If the problem persists, print and process a cleaning page.See Clean the device.

Image defect examplesUse the examples in this image-defect table to determine which print-quality problem you areexperiencing, and then see the corresponding reference pages to resolve the problem. These examplesidentify the most common print-quality problems. If you still have problems after trying the suggestedremedies, contact HP Customer Support.

208 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

See Light print (partialpage)

See Light print (entirepage)

See Specks See Specks See Dropouts

See Dropouts See Dropouts

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

C

a

a

a

a

a

c

c

c

c

c

b

b

b

b

b

See Lines See Gray background See Toner smear

See Loose toner See Repeating defects

Dear Mr. Abhjerhjk,

The dhjhfiuhu if teint hhkjhjnf j us a weue jd, fnk

ksneh vnk kjdfkaakd ss hsjhnckkajhdhf kashfhnduujdn.

Pkshkkhklhlkhkhyufwe4yrh9jjflkln djd skshkshdcnksnjcnal

aksnclnslskjlncsl nas lnslna, ncnsljsjscljckn nsnclknsllj

hwlsdknls nwljs nlnscl nijhsn clsncij hn. Iosi fsjs jlkh andjna this

is a hn. jns fir stie a djakjd ajjssk. Thsi ius vnvlu tyeh lch afted,

and when hghj hgjhk jdj a dt sonnleh.

Suolklv jsdj hvjkrt ten sutc of jthjkfjkn vjdj hwjd, an olk d

.at fhjdjht ajshef. Sewlfl nv atug ahgjfjknvr kdkjdh sj hvjk

sjskrplo book. Camegajd sand their djnln as orged tyehha

as as hf hv of the tinhgh in the cescmdal vlala tojk. Ho sn shj

shjkh a sjca kvkjn? No ahdkj ahhtuah ahavjnv hv vh aefve r

Tehreh ahkj vaknihidh was skjsaa a dhkjfn anj

cjkhapsldnlj llhfoihrfhthej ahjkkjna oa h j a kah w asj kskjnk as

sa fjkank cakajhjkn eanjsdn qa ejhc pjtpvjlnv4purlaxnwl. Ana

l, and the askeina of ahthvnasm. Sayhvjan tjhhjhr ajn ve fh k

v nja vkfkahjd a. Smakkljl a sehiah adheufh if you do klakc k

w vka ah call lthe cjakha aa d a sd fijs.

Sincerely,

Mr. Scmehnjcj

See Repeating image

AaBbCcAaBbCc

AaBbCcAaBbCc

AaBbCcAaBbCc

See Misformedcharacters

See Page skew

See Curl or wave See Wrinkles orcreases

See Vertical white lines

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

C

a

a

a

a

a

c

c

c

c

c

b

b

b

b

b

See Tire tracks See White spots onblack

See Scattered lines . See Blurred print . See Random imagerepetition (dark)

See Random imagerepetition (light)

ENWW Solve print-quality problems 209

NOTE These examples depict letter-size media that has passed through the device.

Light print (partial page)

1. Make sure that the print cartridge is fully installed.

2. The toner level in the print cartridge might be low. Replace the print cartridge.

3. The media might not meet HP specifications (for example, the media is too moist or too rough).See Media and trays.

Light print (entire page)

1. Make sure that the print cartridge is fully installed.

2. Make sure that the Economode setting is turned off at the control panel and in the printer driver.

3. Open the Aministration menu at the device control panel. Open the Print Quality menu and increasethe Toner Density setting. See Print Quality menu.

4. Try using a different type of media.

5. The print cartridge might be almost empty. Replace the print cartridge.

210 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Specks

Specks might appear on a page after a jam has been cleared.

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page. See Clean the device.

3. Try using a different type of media.

4. Check the print cartridge for leaks. If the print cartridge is leaking, replace it.

Dropouts

1. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. See Operatingenvironment.

2. If the media is rough, and the toner easily rubs off, open the Administration menu at the devicecontrol panel. Open the Print Quality menu, select Fuser Modes, and then select the media typeyou are using. See Print Quality menu.

3. Try using a smoother media.

ENWW Solve print-quality problems 211

Lines

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

C

a

a

a

a

a

c

c

c

c

c

b

b

b

b

b

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page. See Clean the device.

3. Replace the print cartridge.

Gray background

1. Do not use media that has already been run through the device.

2. Try using a different type of media.

3. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

4. Turn over the stack in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.

5. Open the Administration menu at the device control panel. On the Print Quality menu, increasethe Toner Density setting. See Print Quality menu.

6. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. See Operatingenvironment.

7. Replace the print cartridge.

212 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Toner smear

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. Try using a different type of media.

3. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. See Operatingenvironment.

4. Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page. See Clean the device.

5. Replace the print cartridge.

Also see Loose toner .

Loose toner

Loose toner, in this context, is defined as toner that can be rubbed off the page.

1. If media is heavy or rough, open the Administration menu at the device control panel. On the PrintQuality submenu, select Fuser Modes, and then select the media type you are using.

2. If you have observed a rougher texture on one side of your media, try printing on the smootherside.

3. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. See Operatingenvironment.

4. Make sure that type and quality of the media you are using meet HP specifications. See Media andtrays.

ENWW Solve print-quality problems 213

Repeating defects

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. If the distance between defects is 47 mm (1.9 in), 62 mm (2.4 in), or 96 mm (3.8 in), the printcartridge might need to be replaced.

3. Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page. See Clean the device.)

Also see Repeating image.

Repeating image

Dear Mr. Abhjerhjk,

The dhjhfiuhu if teint hhkjhjnf j us a weue jd, fnk

ksneh vnk kjdfkaakd ss hsjhnckkajhdhf kashfhnduujdn.

Pkshkkhklhlkhkhyufwe4yrh9jjflkln djd skshkshdcnksnjcnal

aksnclnslskjlncsl nas lnslna, ncnsljsjscljckn nsnclknsllj

hwlsdknls nwljs nlnscl nijhsn clsncij hn. Iosi fsjs jlkh andjna this

is a hn. jns fir stie a djakjd ajjssk. Thsi ius vnvlu tyeh lch afted,

and when hghj hgjhk jdj a dt sonnleh.

Suolklv jsdj hvjkrt ten sutc of jthjkfjkn vjdj hwjd, an olk d

.at fhjdjht ajshef. Sewlfl nv atug ahgjfjknvr kdkjdh sj hvjk

sjskrplo book. Camegajd sand their djnln as orged tyehha

as as hf hv of the tinhgh in the cescmdal vlala tojk. Ho sn shj

shjkh a sjca kvkjn? No ahdkj ahhtuah ahavjnv hv vh aefve r

Tehreh ahkj vaknihidh was skjsaa a dhkjfn anj

cjkhapsldnlj llhfoihrfhthej ahjkkjna oa h j a kah w asj kskjnk as

sa fjkank cakajhjkn eanjsdn qa ejhc pjtpvjlnv4purlaxnwl. Ana

l, and the askeina of ahthvnasm. Sayhvjan tjhhjhr ajn ve fh k

v nja vkfkahjd a. Smakkljl a sehiah adheufh if you do klakc k

w vka ah call lthe cjakha aa d a sd fijs.

Sincerely,

Mr. Scmehnjcj

This type of defect might occur when using preprinted forms or a large quantity of narrow media.

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. Make sure that type and quality of the media you are using meet HP specifications. See Media andtrays.

3. If the distance between defects is 47 mm (1.9 in), 62 mm (2.4 in), or 96 mm (3.8 in), the printcartridge might need to be replaced.

214 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Misformed characters

AaBbCcAaBbCc

AaBbCcAaBbCc

AaBbCcAaBbCc

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. See Operatingenvironment.

Page skew

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. Verify that no torn pieces of media are inside the device.

3. Make sure that media is loaded correctly and that all adjustments have been made. See Loadmedia into the input trays. Make sure that the guides in the tray are not too tight or too loose againstthe media.

4. Turn over the stack in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.

5. Make sure that the type and quality of the media you are using meet HP specifications. See Mediaand trays.

6. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operatingenvironment.)

7. Perform a tray alignment by opening the Administration menu at the device control panel. Onthe Print Quality submenu, touch Set Registration. Choose a tray under Source and then run a testpage. For more information, see Print Quality menu.

ENWW Solve print-quality problems 215

Curl or wave

1. Turn over the stack in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.

2. Make sure that the type and quality of the media you are using meet HP specifications. (See Mediaand trays.)

3. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operatingenvironment.)

4. Try printing to a different output bin.

5. If media is lightweight and smooth, open the Administration menu at the device control panel. Onthe Print Quality submenu, touch Fuser Modes, and then select the media type you are using.Change the setting to Low, which helps reduce the heat in the fusing process.

Wrinkles or creases

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. See Operatingenvironment.

3. Turn over the stack in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.

4. Make sure that media is loaded correctly and all adjustments have been made. See Load mediainto the input trays.

5. Make sure that the type and quality of the media you are using meet HP specifications. See Mediaand trays.

6. If envelopes are creasing, try storing envelopes so that they lie flat.

If the above actions do not improve wrinkles or creases, open the Administration menu at the devicecontrol panel. On the Print Quality submenu, select Fuser Modes, and then select the media type youare using. Change the setting to Low, which helps reduce the heat in the fusing process.

216 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Vertical white lines

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. Make sure that the type and quality of the media you are using meet HP specifications. See Mediaand trays.

3. Replace the print cartridge.

Tire tracks

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

C

a

a

a

a

a

c

c

c

c

c

b

b

b

b

b

This defect typically occurs when the print cartridge has far exceeded its rated life. For example, if youare printing a very large quantity of pages with very little toner coverage.

1. Replace the print cartridge.

2. Reduce the number of pages that you print with very low toner coverage.

White spots on black

1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.

2. Make sure that the type and quality of the media you are using meet HP specifications. See Mediaand trays.

3. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. See Operatingenvironment.

4. Replace the print cartridge.

ENWW Solve print-quality problems 217

Scattered lines

1. Make sure that the type and quality of the media you are using meet HP specifications. See Mediaand trays.

2. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. See Operatingenvironment.

3. Turn over the stack in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.

4. Open the Administration menu at the device control panel. Open the Print Quality submenu andchange the Toner Density setting. See Print Quality menu.

5. Open the Administration menu at the device control panel. On the Print Quality submenu, openOptimize and set Line Detail=On.

Blurred print

1. Make sure that the type and quality of the media you are using meet HP specifications. See Mediaand trays.

2. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. See Operatingenvironment.

3. Turn over the stack in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.

4. Do not use media that already has been run through the device.

5. Decrease the toner density. Open the Administration menu at the device control panel. Openthe Print Quality submenu and change the Toner Density setting. See Print Quality menu.

6. Open the Administration menu at the device control panel. On the Print Quality submenu, openOptimize and set High Transfer=On. See Print Quality menu.

218 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Random image repetition

If an image that appears at the top of the page (in solid black) repeats further down the page (in a grayfield), the toner might not have been completely erased from the last job. (The repeated image mightbe lighter or darker than the field it appears in.)

● Change the tone (darkness) of the field that the repeated image appears in.

● Change the order in which the images are printed. For example, have the lighter image at the topof the page, and the darker image farther down the page.

● From your software program, rotate the whole page 180° to print the lighter image first.

● If the defect occurs later in a print job, turn the device off for 10 minutes, and then turn it on torestart the print job.

ENWW Solve print-quality problems 219

Solve network printing problemsNOTE HP recommends using the device CD to install and set up the device on a network.

● Print a configuration page (see Use information pages). If an HP Jetdirect print server is installed,printing a configuration page also prints a second page that shows the network settings and status.

● See the HP Jetdirect Embedded Print Server Administrator's Guide on the device CD for help andfor more information about the Jetdirect configuration page. To open the guide, run the CD, clickPrinter Documentation, click HP Jetdirect Guide, and then click Troubleshooting theHP Jetdirect Print Server.

● Try printing the job from another computer.

● To verify that a device works with a computer, use a USB cable to connect it directly to a computer,and then reinstall the printing software. Print a document from a program that has printed correctlyin the past. If this works, a problem with the network might exist.

● Contact a network administrator for assistance.

220 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Solve fax problemsSolve sending problemsFaxes quit during sending.

Cause Solution

The fax machine to which you are sending might bemalfunctioning.

Send the fax to another fax machine.

Your telephone line might not be working. Disconnect the fax cable from the telephone jack, and thenconnect a telephone. Make a phone call to ensure that thetelephone line is working.

The device fax is receiving faxes but is not sending them.

Cause Solution

If the device is on a PBX system, the PBX system might begenerating a dial tone that the fax cannot detect.

Disable the detect dial tone setting. See the fax guide forinformation about changing the setting.

There might be a poor telephone connection. Resend the fax later.

The fax machine to which you are sending might bemalfunctioning.

Send the fax to another fax machine.

Your telephone line might not be working. Disconnect the fax cable from the telephone jack, and thenconnect a telephone. Make a phone call to ensure that thetelephone line is working.

Outgoing fax calls keep dialing.

Cause Solution

The fax automatically redials a fax number if either the Redialon Busy feature or the Redial on No Answer feature is enabled.

Disable the Redial on Busy and Redial on No Answer features.See the fax guide for information about changing the settings.

Faxes you send are not arriving at the receiving fax machine.

Cause Solution

The receiving fax machine might be turned off or might havean error condition, such as being out of paper.

Call the recipient to make sure that the fax machine is turnedon and ready to receive faxes.

A fax might be stored in memory because it is waiting to rediala busy number, or there are other jobs ahead of it waiting tobe sent.

If a fax job is in memory for either of these reasons, an entryfor the job appears in the fax log. Print the fax activity log (seethe fax guide), and check the Result column for jobs with aPending designation.

ENWW Solve fax problems 221

Solve receiving problemsIncoming fax calls are not being answered by the fax (no fax detected).

Cause Solution

The rings-to-answer setting might not be set correctly. Check the rings-to-answer setting. See the fax guide forinformation about changing the setting.

The telephone cord might not be connected properly, or thetelephone cord is not working.

Check the installation. Make sure you are using the telephonecord that came with the device.

The telephone line might not be working. Disconnect the fax cable from the telephone jack, and thenconnect a telephone. Make a phone call to ensure that thetelephone line is working.

A voice-messaging service might be interfering with the abilityto answer calls.

Do one of the following:

● Discontinue the messaging service.

● Get a telephone line dedicated to fax calls.

● Decrease the rings-to-answer setting for the fax to anumber less than the rings-to-answer for the voice mail.See the fax guide for information about changing thesetting.

Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly.

Cause Solution

You might be sending or receiving a very complex fax, such asone with many graphics.

Complex faxes take longer to be sent or received.

The receiving fax machine might have a slow modem speed. The device fax only sends the fax at the fastest modem speedthe receiving fax machine can use.

The resolution at which the fax was sent or is being receivedis very high. A higher resolution typically results in betterquality, but also requires a longer transmission time.

If you are receiving the fax, call and ask the sender to decreasethe resolution and resend the fax. If you are sending, decreasethe resolution or change the Page Content mode setting. Seethe fax guide for information about changing the settings.

A poor telephone-line connection is forcing the device fax andthe sending or receiving fax machine to slow down thetransmission to adjust for errors.

Cancel and resend the fax. Have the telephone companycheck the telephone line.

Faxes are not printing at the device.

Cause Solution

There is no media in the input trays. Load media. Any faxes received while the input trays are emptyare stored and will print after the trays have been refilled.

The Schedule Printing of Faxes mode is enabled. Faxes willnot print until it is disabled

Disable the Schedule Printing of Faxes mode. See the faxguide for information about changing the setting.

The device toner level is low, or it has run out of toner.

The device stops printing as soon as it is low on toner or runsout of toner. Any faxes received are stored in memory and areprinted after the toner has been replaced.

Replace the print cartridge.

222 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Solve copy problemsPrevent copy problemsThe following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy quality:

● Copy from the flatbed scanner. This will produce a higher quality copy than copying from theautomatic document feeder (ADF).

● Use quality originals.

● Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, causing unclear imagesand problems with the OCR program. See Load media into the input trays for instructions.

● Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.

NOTE Verify that the media meets HP specifications. If the media meets HP specifications,recurring feed problems indicate the pickup roller or separation pad is worn. ContactHP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the flyer that came in the device box.

Image problems

Problem Cause Solution

Images are missing or faded. The print-cartridge toner-level might below.

Replace the print cartridge. See Changethe print cartridge.

The original might be of poor quality. If your original is too light or damaged,the copy might not be able tocompensate, even if you adjust thedarkness. If possible, find an originaldocument in better condition.

The original might have a coloredbackground.

Touch Copy, and then touch ImageAdjustment. Adjust the BackgroundCleanup slider to the right to decreasethe background.

Vertical white or faded stripes appear onthe copy.

The media might not meetHP specifications.

Use media that meets HP specifications.See Media and trays.

The print-cartridge toner-level might below.

Replace the print cartridge. See Changethe print cartridge.

ENWW Solve copy problems 223

Problem Cause Solution

Unwanted lines appear on the copy.

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

C

a

a

a

a

a

c

c

c

c

c

b

b

b

b

b

Tray 1 or tray 2 might not be installedcorrectly.

Verify that the tray is in place.

The flatbed scanner or the ADF glassmight be dirty.

Clean the flatbed scanner or the ADFglass. See Clean the device.

The photosensitive drum inside the printcartridge might have been scratched.

Install a new HP print cartridge. SeeChange the print cartridge.

Black dots or streaks appear on thecopy.

Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwantedsubstance might be on the automaticdocument feeder (ADF) or flatbedscanner.

Clean the device. See Clean the device.

Copies are too light or dark. The darkness setting needs to beadjusted.

Touch Copy, and then touch ImageAdjustment. Adjust the Darkness sliderto lighten or darken the image.

Text is unclear. The sharpness setting needs to beadjusted.

The image should be optimized for text.

To adjust the sharpness, touch Copy,and then touch Image Adjustment.Adjust the Sharpness slider to the right toincrease the sharpness.

To optimize the image for text, touchCopy and then touch Optimize Text/Picture. Select Text.

Media-handling problems

Problem Cause Solution

Poor print quality or toner adhesion The paper is too moist, too rough, tooheavy or too smooth, or it is embossedor from a faulty paper lot.

Try another kind of paper, between 100and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisturecontent.

Dropouts, jamming, or curl The paper has been stored incorrectly. Store paper flat in its moisture-proofwrapping.

The paper has variability from one sideto the other.

Turn the paper over.

Excessive curl The paper is too moist, has the wronggrain direction, or is of short-grainconstruction

Try changing the fuser mode (see Selectthe correct fuser mode or use long-grainpaper.

The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over.

Jamming, damage to device The paper has cutouts or perforations. Use paper that is free of cutouts orperforations.

224 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Problem Cause Solution

Problems with feeding The paper has ragged edges. Use high-quality paper that is made forlaser printers.

The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over.

The paper is too moist, too rough, tooheavy or too smooth, has the wrong graindirection, or is of short-grain constructionor it is embossed or from a faulty paperlot.

● Try another kind of paper, between100 and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6%moisture content.

● Use long-grain paper.

Print is crooked or misaligned on thepage.

The media guides might be incorrectlyadjusted.

Remove all media from the input tray,straighten the stack, and then load themedia in the input tray again. Adjust themedia guides to the width and length ofthe media that you are using and tryprinting again.

The scanner might require a calibration. Perform a tray alignment and thencalibrate the scanner.

● Perform a tray alignment byopening the Administration menu atthe device control panel. On thePrint Qualitysubmenu, touch SetRegistration. Choose a tray underSource and then run a test page.For more information, see PrintQuality menu.

● See Calibrate the scanner forinformation about calibrating thescanner.

More than one sheet feeds at one time. The media tray might be overloaded. Remove some of the media from the tray.See Load media into the input trays.

The media might be wrinkled, folded, ordamaged.

Verify that the media is not wrinkled,folded, or damaged. Try printing onmedia from a new or different package.

The device does not pull media from amedia tray.

The device might be in manual feedmode.

● If Manual Feed appears on thecontrol-panel display, press OK toprint the job.

● Verify that the device is not inmanual feed mode, and then printyour job again.

The pickup roller might be dirty ordamaged.

Contact HP Customer Care. SeeHP Customer Care or the support flyerthat came in the device box.

The paper-length adjustment control inthe tray is set at a length that is greaterthan the media size.

Adjust the paper-length adjustmentcontrol to the correct length.

ENWW Solve copy problems 225

Performance problems

Problem Cause Solution

No copy came out. The input tray might be empty. Load media in the device. SeeLoadmedia into the input trays for moreinformation.

The original might have been loadedincorrectly.

Load the original correctly in the ADF orflatbed scanner. See Load media into theinput trays.

Copies are blank. The sealing tape might not have beenremoved from the print cartridge.

Remove the print cartridge from thedevice, pull out the sealing tape, andthen reinstall the print cartridge.

The original might have been loadedincorrectly.

Load the original correctly in the ADF orflatbed scanner. See Load media into theinput trays.

The media might not meetHP specifications.

Use media that meets HP specifications.See Media and trays.

The print-cartridge toner-level might below.

Replace the print cartridge. See Changethe print cartridge.

The wrong original was copied. The ADF might be loaded. Make sure that the ADF is empty.

Copies are reduced in size. The device software settings might beset to reduce the scanned image.

See the device software Help for moreinformation about changing the settings.

226 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Solve e-mail problemsIf you are unable to send e-mails by using the digital-send feature, you might need to reconfigure theSMTP gateway address or the LDAP gateway address. Print a configuration page to find the currentSMTP and LDAP gateway addresses. See Use information pages. Use the following procedures tocheck if the SMTP and LDAP gateway addresses are valid.

Validate the SMTP gateway address

NOTE This procedure is for Windows operating systems.

1. Open an MS-DOS command prompt: click Start, click Run, and then type cmd.

2. Type telnet followed by the SMTP gateway address and then the number 25, which is the portover which the MFP is communicating. For example, type telnet 123.123.123.123 25 where"123.123.123.123" represents the SMTP gateway address.

3. Press Enter. If the SMTP gateway address is not valid, the response contains the message Could not open connection to the host on port 25: Connect Failed.

4. If the SMTP gateway address is not valid, contact the network administrator.

Validate the LDAP gateway address

NOTE This procedure is for Windows operating systems.

1. Open Windows Explorer. In the address bar, type LDAP:// immediately followed by the LDAPgateway address. For example, type LDAP://12.12.12.12 where "12.12.12.12" represents theLDAP gateway address.

2. Press Enter. If the LDAP gateway address is valid, the Find People dialog box opens.

3. If the LDAP gateway address is not valid, contact the network administrator.

ENWW Solve e-mail problems 227

Solve common Windows problems Error message:

"General Protection FaultException OE"

"Spool32"

"Illegal Operation"

Cause Solution

Close all software programs, restart Windows, and try again.

Select a different printer driver. If the device PCL 6 printerdriver is selected, switch to the PCL 5 or HP postscript level 3emulation printer driver, which can be done from a softwareprogram.

Delete all temp files from the Temp subdirectory. Determinethe name of the directory by opening the AUTOEXEC.BAT fileand looking for the statement "Set Temp =". The name afterthis statement is the Temp directory. It is usually C:\TEMP bydefault, but can be redefined.

See the Microsoft Windows documentation that came with thecomputer for more information about Windows errormessages.

228 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Solve common Macintosh problemsIn addition to the problems that are listed in Solve general printing problems, this section lists problemsthat can occur when using Mac OS X.

NOTE Setup for USB and IP printing is performed through the Desktop Printer Utility. Thedevice will not appear in the Chooser.

The printer driver is not listed in the Print Center or Printer Setup Utility.

Cause Solution

The device software might not have been installed or was installedincorrectly.

Make sure that the PPD is in the following hard drive folder:Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/Resources/

<lang>.lproj, where “<lang>” represents the two-letter languagecode for the language that you are using. If necessary, reinstall thesoftware. See the getting started guide for instructions.

The Postscript Printer Description (PPD) file is corrupt. Delete the PPD file from the following hard drive folder: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/Resources/<lang>.lproj,where “<lang>” represents the two-letter language code for thelanguage that you are using. Reinstall the software. See the gettingstarted guide for instructions.

The device name, IP address, or Rendezvous host name does not appear in the printer list in the Print Center or Printer SetupUtility.

Cause Solution

The device might not be ready. Make sure that the cables are connected correctly, the device is on,and the Ready light is on. If you are connecting through a USB orEthernet hub, try connecting directly to the computer, or use adifferent port.

The wrong connection type might be selected. Make sure that USB, IP Printing, or Rendezvous is selected,depending on the type of connection that exists between the deviceand the computer.

The wrong device name, IP address, or Rendezvous host name isbeing used.

Check the device name, IP address, or Rendezvous host name byprinting a configuration page. See Use information pages. Verify thatthe name, IP address, or Rendezvous host name on the configurationpage matches the device name, IP address, or Rendezvous hostname in the Print Center or Printer Setup Utility.

The interface cable might be defective or of poor quality. Replace the interface cable. Make sure to use a high-quality cable.

The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected device in the Print Center or Printer Setup Utility.

Cause Solution

The device might not be ready. Make sure that the cables are connected correctly, the device is on,and the Ready light is on. If you are connecting through a USB orEthernet hub, try connecting directly to the computer or use a differentport.

The device software might not have been installed or was installedincorrectly.

Make sure that the PPD file is in the following hard drive folder:Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/Resources/

<lang>.lproj, where “<lang>” represents the two-letter language

ENWW Solve common Macintosh problems 229

The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected device in the Print Center or Printer Setup Utility.

Cause Solution

code for the language that you are using. If necessary, reinstall thesoftware. See the getting started guide for instructions.

The PPD file is corrupt. Delete the PPD file from the following hard drive folder: Library/Printers/PPDs/Contents/Resources/<lang>.lproj,where “<lang>” represents the two-letter language code for thelanguage that you are using. Reinstall the software. See the gettingstarted guide for instructions.

The device might not be ready. Make sure that the cables are connected correctly, the device is on,and the Ready light is on. If you are connecting through a USB orEthernet hub, try connecting directly to the computer or use a differentport.

The interface cable might be defective or of poor quality. Replace the interface cable. Make sure to use a high-quality cable.

A print job was not sent to the device that you wanted.

Cause Solution

The print queue might be stopped. Restart the print queue. Open Print Monitor and select Start Jobs.

The wrong device name or IP address is being used. Another devicewith the same or similar name, IP address, or Rendezvous host namemight have received your print job.

Check the device name, IP address, or Rendezvous host name byprinting a configuration page See Use information pages. Verify thatthe device name, IP address, or Rendezvous host name on theconfiguration page matches the device name, IP address, orRendezvous host name in the Print Center or Printer Setup Utility.

An encapsulated PostScript (EPS) file does not print with the correct fonts.

Cause Solution

This problem occurs with some programs. ● Try downloading the fonts that are contained in the EPS file tothe device before printing.

● Send the file in ASCII format instead of binary encoding.

You are unable to print from a third-party USB card.

Cause Solution

This error occurs when the software for USB printers is notinstalled.

When adding a third-party USB card, you might need the Apple USBAdapter Card Support software. The most current version of thissoftware is available from the Apple Web site.

230 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

When connected with a USB cable, the device does not appear in the Print Center or Printer Setup Utility after the driver is selected.

Cause Solution

This problem is caused by either a software or a hardwarecomponent.

Software troubleshooting

● Check that your Macintosh supports USB.

● Verify that your Macintosh operating system is Mac OS Xversion 10.2.8 or later.

● Ensure that your Macintosh has the appropriate USB softwarefrom Apple.

Hardware troubleshooting

● Check that the device is turned on.

● Verify that the USB cable is connected correctly.

● Check that you are using the appropriate Hi-Speed USB 2.0cable.

● Ensure that you do not have too many USB devices drawingpower from the chain. Disconnect all of the devices from thechain, and connect the cable directly to the USB port on the hostcomputer.

● Check to see if more than two nonpowered USB hubs areconnected in a row on the chain. Disconnect all of the devicesfrom the chain and connect the cable directly to the USB port onthe host computer.

NOTE The iMac keyboard is a nonpowered USB hub.

ENWW Solve common Macintosh problems 231

Solve Linux problemsFor information about Linux problem solving, go to the HP Linux support Web site:hp.sourceforge.net/.

232 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

Solve PostScript problemsThe following situations are specific to the PostScript (PS) language and might occur when severalprinter languages are being used. Check the control-panel display for messages that might help resolveproblems.

NOTE To receive a printed or screen message when PS errors occur, open the PrintOptions dialog box and click the selection next to the PS Errors section that you want.

General problemsThe job prints in Courier (the default typeface) instead of the typeface that you requested.

Cause Solution

The requested typeface is not downloaded. Download the font that you want and send the print job again.Verify the font type and location. Download the font to thedevice if applicable. See the software documentation for moreinformation.

A legal page prints with clipped margins.

Cause Solution

The print job was too complex. You might need to print your job at 600 dpi, reduce thecomplexity of the page, or install more memory.

A PS error page prints.

Cause Solution

The print job might not be a PS job. Make sure that the print job is a PS job. See whether thesoftware program expected a setup or PS header file to be sentto the device.

ENWW Solve PostScript problems 233

234 Chapter 11 Problem solving ENWW

A Supplies and accessories

This section provides information about ordering parts, supplies, and accessories. Use only parts andaccessories that are specifically designed for this device.

● Order parts, accessories, and supplies

● Part numbers

ENWW 235

Order parts, accessories, and suppliesSeveral methods are available for ordering parts, supplies, and accessories:

● Order directly from HP

● Order through service or support providers

● Order directly through the embedded Web server (for printers that are connected to a network)

● Order directly through the HP Easy Printer Care software

Order directly from HPYou can obtain the following items directly from HP:

● Replacement parts: To order replacement parts in the U.S., go to http://www.hp.com/go/hpparts. Outside the United States, order parts by contacting your local authorized HP servicecenter.

● Supplies and accessories: To order supplies in the U.S., go to http://www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies.To order supplies worldwide, go to http://www.hp.com/ghp/buyonline.html. To order accessories,go to www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.

Order through service or support providersTo order a part or accessory, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.

Order directly through the embedded Web server (for printers thatare connected to a network)Use the following steps to order printing supplies directly through the embedded Web server.

1. In the Web browser on the computer, type the IP address or host name of the device. The statuswindow opens.

2. In the Other links area, double-click Order Supplies. This provides a URL for a site from whichyou can purchase consumables.

3. Select the part numbers that you want to order, and follow the instructions on the screen.

Order directly through the HP Easy Printer Care softwareHP Easy Printer Care software is a printer management tool designed to make printer configuration,monitoring, supplies ordering, troubleshooting, and updating as simple and efficient as possible. Formore information about HP Easy Printer Care software, go to http://www.hp.com/go/easyprintercare.

236 Appendix A Supplies and accessories ENWW

Part numbersThe following list of accessories was current at the time of printing. Ordering information and availabilityof the accessories might change during the life of the device.

Accessories

Item Description Part number

Optional duplexer

NOTE The automaticduplexer is included with theHP LaserJet M5035X MFP andthe HP LaserJet M5035XSMFP.

Provides automatic printing on bothsides of the paper.

Q7549A

Optional analog fax accessory

NOTE The analog faxaccessory is included with theHP LaserJet M5035X MFP andthe HP LaserJet M5035XSMFP.

Provides fax capabilities Q3701A

Supplies and maintenance kits

Item Description Part number

HP LaserJet print cartridge 15,000-page cartridge Q7570A

Staple cassette 5,000-staple cassette Q7839A

Print-engine maintenance kit (110 V) Maintenance kit for 110 V devices Q7832A

Print-engine maintenance kit (220 V) Maintenance kit for 220 V devices Q7833A

ADF maintenance kit Maintenance kit for the automaticdocument feeder

Q7842A

Memory

Item Part number

48 MB Q7714A

64 MB Q7715A

128 MB Q7718A

256 MB Q7719A

512 MB Q7720A

ENWW Part numbers 237

Cables and interfaces

Item Description Part number

Enhanced I/O (EIO) cards

HP Jetdirect print server multi-protocol EIO network cards:

HP Jetdirect 620n Fast Ethernet (10/100Base-TX) print server J7934G

HP Jetdirect 625n Fast Ethernet (10/100/1000Base-TX) printserver

J7960G

HP Jetdirect 635n IPv6/IPsec Fast Ethernet(10/100/1000Base-TX) print server

J7961G

USB cable 2-meter A to B cable C6518A

Print mediaFor more information about media supplies, go to http://www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies.

Item Description Part number

HP Soft Gloss laser paper

For use with HP LaserJet devices. Thisis coated paper, good for businessdocuments with high impact, such asbrochures, sales material, anddocuments with graphics andphotographic images.

Specifications: 32 lb (120 g/m2).

Letter (220 x 280 mm), 50 sheets/box C4179A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 50 sheets/box C4179B/Asia-Pacific countries/regionsand Europe

HP LaserJet tough paper

For use with HP LaserJet devices. Thissatin-finish paper is waterproof and tear-proof, yet doesn't compromise on printquality or performance. Use it for signs,maps, menus, and other businessapplications.

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 50 sheets to a carton Q1298A/North America

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 50 sheets to a carton Q1298B/Asia-Pacific countries/regionsand Europe

HP Premium Choice LaserJet paper

HP's brightest LaserJet paper. Expectspectacular color and crisp black fromthis paper that is extra smooth andbrilliantly white. This is ideal forpresentations, business plans, externalcorrespondence and other high-valuedocuments

Specifications: 98 bright, 32 lb. (75 g/m2).

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPU1132/North America

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 250 sheets/ream, 6-ream carton

HPU1732 North America

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 5-ream carton Q2397A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 250 sheet/ream, 5-ream carton

CHP412/Europe

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheet/ream, 5-ream carton

CHP410/Europe

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 160 g/m2, 500 sheet/ream, 5-ream carton

CHP413/Europe

238 Appendix A Supplies and accessories ENWW

Item Description Part number

HP LaserJet paper

For use with HP LaserJet devices. Thisis good for letterhead, high-valuememos, legal documents, direct mail,and correspondence.

Specifications: 96 bright, 24 lb (90 g/m2).

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPJ1124/North America

Legal (8.5 x 14 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPJ1424/North America

Letter (220 x 280 mm), 500 sheets/ream,5-ream carton

Q2398A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream, 5-ream carton

Q2400A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream CHP310/Europe

HP Printing paper

For use with HP LaserJet and inkjetdevices. This has been createdespecially for small and home offices. Itis heavier and brighter than copier paper.

Specifications: 92 bright, 22 lb.

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPP1122/North America and Mexico

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 3-ream carton

HPP113R/North America

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream, 5-ream carton

CHP210/Europe

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 300 sheets/ream, 5-ream carton

CHP213/Europe

HP Multipurpose paper

For use with all office equipment-laserand inkjet devices, copiers, and faxmachines. This has been created forbusinesses that want one paper for alltheir office needs. It is brighter andsmoother than other office papers.

Specifications: 90 bright, 20 lb (75 g/m2).

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 5-ream carton

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 250 sheets/ream, 12-ream carton

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 3-hole, 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

Legal (8.5 x 14 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPM1120/North America

HPM115R/North America

HP25011/North America

HPM113H/North America

HPM1420/North America

ENWW Part numbers 239

Item Description Part number

HP Office paper

For use with all office equipment-laserand inkjet devices, copiers, and faxmachines. This is good for high-volumeprinting.

Specifications: 84 bright, 20 lb (75 g/m2).

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPC8511/North America and Mexico

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 3-hole, 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPC3HP/North America

Legal (8.5 x 14 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPC8514/North America

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), Quick Pack; 2,500-sheet carton

HP2500S/North America and Mexico

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), Quick Pack 3-hole;2,500-sheet carton

HP2500P/North America

Letter (220 x 280 mm), 500 sheets/ream,5-ream carton

Q2408A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream, 5-ream carton

Q2407A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream, 5-ream carton

CHP110/Europe

A4 (210 x 297 mm), Quick Pack;2500 sheets/ream, 5-ream carton

CHP113/Europe

HP Office recycled paper

For use with all office equipment-laserand inkjet devices, copiers, and faxmachines. This is good for high-volumeprinting.

Satisfies U.S. Executive Order 13101 forenvironmentally preferable products.

Specifications: 84 bright, 20 lb, 30%post-consumer content.

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPE1120/North America

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 3-hole, 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPE113H/North America

Legal (8.5 x 14 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-ream carton

HPE1420/North America

HP LaserJet transparencies

For use only with HP LaserJetmonochrome devices. For crisp, sharptext and graphics, rely on the onlytransparencies specifically designed andtested to work with monochromeHP LaserJet devices.

Specifications: 4.3-mil thickness.

Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 50 sheets to a carton 92296T/North America, Asia-Pacificcountries/regions, and Europe

A4 (210 x 297 mm), 50 sheets to a carton 922296U/Asia-Pacific countries/regionsand Europe

240 Appendix A Supplies and accessories ENWW

B Service and support

Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statementHP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY

HP LaserJet M5025, M5035, M5035X, and M5035XS One-year on-site warranty

HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in materialsand workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If HP receives notice of such defectsduring the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or replace products which prove to be defective.Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new.

HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase,for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used. IfHP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will replace software which does not executeits programming instructions due to such defects.

HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is unable, within areasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you will be entitled to a refund ofthe purchase price upon prompt return of the product.

HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject toincidental use.

Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration, (b)software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized modification or misuse, (d) operationoutside of the published environmental specifications for the product, or (e) improper site preparation ormaintenance.

TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHERWARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HPSPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY,SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some countries/regions, states orprovinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitation or exclusion mightnot apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary fromcountry/region to country/region, state to state, or province to province. HP's limited warranty is valid in any country/region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product. Thelevel of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards. HP will not alter form, fit or functionof the product to make it operate in a country/region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatoryreasons.

TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOURSOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITSSUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL

ENWW Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement 241

(INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OROTHERWISE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental orconsequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLYPERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORYSTATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.

Customer self repair warranty serviceHP products are designed with many Customer Self Repair (CSR) parts to minimize repair time andallow for greater flexibility in performing defective parts replacement. If during the diagnosis period, HPidentifies that the repair can be accomplished by the use of a CSR part, HP will ship that part directly toyou for replacement. There are two categories of CSR parts: 1) Parts for which customer self repair ismandatory. If you request HP to replace these parts, you will be charged for the travel and labor costsof this service. 2) Parts for which customer self repair is optional. These parts are also designed forCustomer Self Repair. If, however, you require that HP replace them for you, this may be done at noadditional charge under the type of warranty service designated for your product.

Based on availability and where geography permits, CSR parts will be shipped for next business daydelivery. Same-day or four-hour delivery may be offered at an additional charge where geographypermits. If assistance is required, you can call the HP Technical Support Center and a technician willhelp you over the phone. HP specifies in the materials shipped with a replacement CSR part whethera defective part must be returned to HP. In cases where it is required to return the defective part to HP,you must ship the defective part back to HP within a defined period of time, normally five (5) businessdays. The defective part must be returned with the associated documentation in the provided shippingmaterial. Failure to return the defective part may result in HP billing you for the replacement. With acustomer self repair, HP will pay all shipping and part return costs and determine the courier/carrier tobe used.

242 Appendix B Service and support ENWW

Print cartridge limited warranty statementThis HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship.

This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refilled, refurbished, remanufactured ortampered with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, oroperation outside of the published environmental specifications for the device product or (c) exhibit wearfrom ordinary use.

To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description ofthe problem and print samples) or contact HP customer support. At HP's option, HP will either replaceproducts that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price.

TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NOOTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED ORIMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OFMERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BELIABLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT ORDATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.

THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENTLAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TOTHE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.

ENWW Print cartridge limited warranty statement 243

HP Customer CareOnline ServicesFor 24-hour access to updated HP device-specific software, product information, and supportinformation through an Internet connection, go to the Web site: www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp orwww.hp.com/support/M5035mfp.

Go to www.hp.com/support/net_printing for information about the HP Jetdirect external print server.

HP Instant Support Professional Edition (ISPE) is a suite of Web-based troubleshooting tools for desktopcomputing and printing products. Go to instantsupport.hp.com.

Telephone supportHP provides free telephone support during the warranty period. For the telephone number for yourcountry/region, see the flyer that shipped with the device, or visit www.hp.com/support/. Before callingHP, have the following information ready: the product name and serial number, the date of purchase,and a description of the problem.

Software utilities, drivers, and electronic informationwww.hp.com/go/M5025_software or www.hp.com/go/M5035_software

The Web page for the drivers is in English, but you can download the drivers themselves in severallanguages.

HP direct ordering for accessories or supplies● United States: www.hp.com/sbso/product/supplies.

● Canada: www.hp.ca/catalog/supplies

● Europe: www.hp.com/supplies

● Asia-Pacific: www.hp.com/paper/

To order genuine HP parts or accessories, go to the HP Parts Store at www.hp.com/buy/parts (U.S. andCanada only), or call 1-800-538-8787 (U.S.) or 1-800-387-3154 (Canada).

HP service informationTo locate HP-Authorized Dealers, call 1-800-243-9816 (U.S.) or 1-800-387-3867 (Canada).

Outside the United States and Canada, call the customer support number for your country/region. Seethe flyer that shipped in the box with the device.

HP service agreementsCall 1-800-HPINVENT (1-800-474-6836 (U.S.)) or 1-800-268-1221 (Canada). Or, go to the HPSupportPack and CarepaqTM Services Web site at www.hpexpress-services.com/10467a.

For extended service, call 1-800-446-0522.

244 Appendix B Service and support ENWW

HP Easy Printer Care softwareTo check the device status and settings and view troubleshooting information and online documentation,use the HP Easy Printer Care software. You must have performed a full software installation in order touse the HP Easy Printer Care software. See Use the embedded Web server.

HP support and information for Macintosh computersGo to www.hp.com/go/macosx for Macintosh OS X support information and HP subscription service fordriver updates.

Go to www.hp.com/go/mac-connect for products that are designed specifically for the Macintosh user.

ENWW HP Customer Care 245

HP maintenance agreementsHP has several types of maintenance agreements that meet a wide range of support needs.Maintenance agreements are not part of the standard warranty. Support services may vary by area.Check with your local HP dealer to determine the services available to you.

On-site service agreementsTo provide you with the level of support best suited to your needs, HP has on-site service agreementswith a selection of response times.

Next-day on-site serviceThis agreement provides support by the next working day following a service request. Extendedcoverage hours and extended travel beyond HP’s designated service zones are available on most on-site agreements (for additional charges).

Weekly (volume) on-site serviceThis agreement provides scheduled weekly on-site visits for organizations with many HP products. Thisagreement is designated for sites using 25 or more workstation products, including devices, plotters,computers, and disk drives.

Repacking the deviceIf HP Customer Care determines that your device needs to be returned to HP for repair, follow the stepsbelow to repack the device before shipping it.

CAUTION Shipping damage as a result of inadequate packing is the customer’s responsibility.

To repack the device

1. Remove and retain any DIMMs cards that you have purchased and installed in the device. Do notremove the DIMM that came with the device.

CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs. When handling DIMMs, either wear anantistatic wrist strap, or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package andthen touch bare metal on the device. To remove the DIMMs, see Installing printermemory.

2. Remove and retain the print cartridge.

CAUTION It is extremely important to remove the print cartridge before shipping thedevice. A print cartridge that remains in the device during shipping will leak and entirelycover the device engine and other parts with toner.

To prevent damage to the print cartridge, avoid touching the roller on it, and store the printcartridge in its original packing material or so that it is not exposed to light.

3. Remove and retain the power cable, interface cable, and optional accessories.

246 Appendix B Service and support ENWW

4. If possible, include print samples and 50 to 100 sheets of paper or other print media that did notprint correctly.

5. In the U.S., call HP Customer Care to request new packing material. In other areas, use the originalpacking material, if possible. Hewlett-Packard recommends insuring the equipment for shipment.

Extended warrantyHP Support provides coverage for the HP hardware product and all HP-supplied internal components.The hardware maintenance covers a 1- to 3-year period from date of the HP product purchase. Thecustomer must purchase HP Support within the stated factory warranty. For more information, contactthe HP Customer Care Service and Support group.

ENWW HP maintenance agreements 247

248 Appendix B Service and support ENWW

C Specifications

● Physical specifications

● Electrical specifications

● Acoustic emissions

● Operating environment

ENWW 249

Physical specificationsTable C-1 Dimensions

Model Height Depth Width Weight1

HP LaserJet M5025 MFP andHP LaserJet M5035 MFP

775 mm (30.5 in) 584 mm (23 in) 597 mm (23.5 in) 20.2 kg (44.5 lb)

HP LaserJet M5035X MFP 1,035 mm(40.75 in)

762 mm (30 in) 737 mm (29 in) 30.2 kg (66.5 lb)

HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP 1,194 mm (47 in) 762 mm (30 in) 737 mm (29 in) 30.2 kg (66.5 lb)

1 Without print cartridge

Table C-2 Dimensions with all doors and trays fully opened

Model Height Depth Width

HP LaserJet M5025 MFP and HP LaserJetM5035 MFP

1,080 mm (42.5 in) 991 mm (39 in) 1,016 mm (40 in)

HP LaserJet M5035X MFP 1,340 mm (52.75 in) 1,067 mm (42 in) 1,016 mm (40 in)

HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP 1,499 mm (59 in) 1,067 mm (42 in) 1,016 mm (40 in)

250 Appendix C Specifications ENWW

Electrical specificationsWARNING! Power requirements are based on the country/region where the device is sold. Donot convert operating voltages. This can damage the device and void the product warranty.

Table C-3 Power requirements

Specification 110-volt models 220-volt models

Power requirements 100 to 127 Vac

50/60 Hz

220 to 240 Vac

50/60 Hz

Rated current 8.0 Amps 4.5 Amps

Table C-4 Power consumption (average, in watts)1

Model Printing2 Copying Ready orstandby3,4

Sleep5 Off

HP LaserJet M5025 MFP < 615 W6 615 W 75 W 21 W 0.01 W

HP LaserJet M5035 MFP < 615 W7 615 W 75 W 21 W 0.01 W

HP LaserJet M5035X MFP < 615 W7 615 W 75 W 21 W 0.01 W

HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP < 615 W7 615 W 75 W 21 W 0.01 W

1 Values subject to change. See www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp for current information.2 Power numbers are the highest values measured using all standard voltages.3 Default time from Ready mode to Sleep = 30 minutes.4 Heat dissipation in Ready mode = 37.5 BTU/hour.5 Recovery time from Sleep to start of printing = less than 8.5 seconds.6 Print speed is 25 ppm.7 Print speed is 35 ppm.

ENWW Electrical specifications 251

Acoustic emissionsTable C-5 Sound power and pressure level1,3

Sound power level Declared per ISO 9296

Printing3 LWAd= 6.6 Bels (A) [66 dB(A)]

Ready Essentially Inaudible

Sound pressure level Declared per ISO 9296

Printing3 LpAm=54 dB (A)

Ready Essentially Inaudible

1 Values subject to change. See www.hp.com/support/M5025mfp or www.hp.com/support/M5035mfp for current information.2 Configuration tested: HP LaserJet M5035 MFP, simplex printing, A4-size paper.3 Print speed is 35 ppm.

Operating environmentTable C-6 Necessary conditions

Environmental condition Printing Storage/standby

Temperature (printer and print cartridge) 15° to 32.5°C (59° to 89°F) -20° to 40°C (-4° to 104°F)

Relative humidity 10% to 80% 10% to 90%

252 Appendix C Specifications ENWW

D Regulatory information

This section contains the following regulatory information:

● FCC regulations

● Environmental product stewardship program

● Telecom statement

● Declaration of conformity

● Safety statements

ENWW 253

FCC regulationsThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuantto Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radiofrequency energy. If this equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, it maycause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interferencewill not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio ortelevision reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user isencouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

● Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

● Increase separation between equipment and receiver.

● Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located.

● Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician.

NOTE Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP couldvoid the user’s authority to operate this equipment.

Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class A limits of Part 15 of FCCrules.

254 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW

Environmental product stewardship programProtecting the environmentHewlett-Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally soundmanner. This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment.

Ozone productionThis product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O3).

Power consumptionPower usage drops significantly while in Ready and Sleep modes, which saves natural resources andsaves money without affecting the high performance of this product. This product qualifies for ENERGYSTAR® (Version 3.0), which is a voluntary program to encourage the development of energy-efficientoffice products.

ENERGY STAR® and the ENERGY STAR mark are U.S. registered marks. As an ENERGY STARpartner, Hewlett-Packard Company has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR Guidelinesfor energy efficiency. For more information, see www.energystar.gov.

Toner consumptionEconomode uses significantly less toner, which might extend the life of the print cartridge.

Paper useThis product’s manual/optional automatic duplex feature (two-sided printing, see Print on both sides ofthe paper (Windows) or Print on both sides of the paper (Mac)) and N-up printing (multiple pages printedon one page) capability can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources.

PlasticsPlastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability toidentify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product’s life.

ENWW Environmental product stewardship program 255

HP LaserJet print suppliesIt’s easy to return and recycle your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges—free of charge—with HP PlanetPartners. HP is committed to providing inventive, high-quality products and services that areenvironmentally sound, from product design and manufacturing to distribution, operation and recyclingprocesses. We ensure your returned HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled properly, processingthem to recover valuable plastics and metals for new products and diverting millions of tons of wastefrom landfills. Since this cartridge is being recycled and used in new materials, it will not be returned toyou. Your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled responsibly when you participate in theHP Planet Partners program. Thank you for being environmentally responsible!

In many countries/regions, this product’s printing supplies (for example, print cartridges) can be returnedto HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program. An easy-to-use and free takeback program is available in more than 35 countries/regions. Multilingual program information andinstructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package.

HP print supplies returns and recycling program informationSince 1992, HP has offered HP LaserJet supplies return and recycling free of charge. In 2004, HP PlanetPartners for LaserJet Supplies was available in 85% of the world market where HP LaserJet suppliesare sold. Postage-paid and pre-addressed labels are included within the instruction guide in mostHP LaserJet print cartridge boxes. Labels and bulk boxes are also available through the Web site:www.hp.com/recycle.

Use the label to return empty, original HP LaserJet print cartridges only. Please do not use this label fornon-HP cartridges, refilled or remanufactured cartridges, or warranty returns. Printing supplies or otherobjects inadvertently sent to the HP Planet Partners program cannot be returned.

More than 10 million HP LaserJet print cartridges were recycled globally in 2004 through the HP PlanetPartners supplies recycling program. This record number represents 26 million pounds of print cartridgematerials diverted from landfills. Worldwide, in 2004, HP recycled an average of 59% of the printcartridge by weight consisting primarily of plastic and metals. Plastics and metals are used to make newproducts such as HP products, plastic trays, and spools. The remaining materials are disposed of in anenvironmentally responsible manner.

● U.S. returns. For a more environmentally responsible return of used cartridges and supplies, HPencourages the use of bulk returns. Simply bundle two or more cartridges together and use thesingle, pre-paid, pre-addressed UPS label that is supplied in the package. For more information inthe U.S., call 1-800-340-2445 or visit the HP Web site at www.hp.com/recycle.

● Non-U.S. returns. Non-U.S. customers should visit the www.hp.com/recycle Web site for furtherinformation regarding availability of the HP Supplies Returns and Recycling Program.

PaperThis product is capable of using recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in theHP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide. This product is suitable for the use of recycled paperaccording to EN12281:2002.

256 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW

Material restrictionsThis HP product contains mercury in the fluorescent lamp of the scanner and/or control panel liquidcrystal display that may require special handling at end-of-life.

This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at end-of-life. The batteriescontained in or supplied by Hewlett-Packard for this product include the following:

HP LaserJet M5025 MFP and HP LaserJet M5035 Series MFP device

Type Carbon monofluoride lithium battery BR1632

Weight (1.5 g)

Location On formatter board

User-removable No

For recycling information, you can go to www.hp.com/recycle, or contact your local authorities or theElectronics Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org.

Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in theEuropean Union

This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of withyour other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste equipment byhanding it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronicequipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal willhelp to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human healthand the environment. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment forrecycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop whereyou purchased the product.

ENWW Environmental product stewardship program 257

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for supplies containing chemical substances (for example, toner)can be obtained by contacting the HP Web site at www.hp.com/go/msds or www.hp.com/hpinfo/community/environment/productinfo/safety.

For more informationTo obtain information about these environmental topics:

● Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products

● HP’s commitment to the environment

● HP’s environmental management system

● HP’s end-of-life product return and recycling program

● Material Safety Data Sheets

Visit http://www.hp.com/go/environment or http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/community/environment/productinfo/safety.

258 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW

Telecom statementThe HP LaserJet M5035X MFP and HP LaserJet M5035XS MFP models have the HP LaserJet AnalogFax Accessory 300 already installed to provide communication to the public switch telephone network(PSTN) for fax functionality. See the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300 User Guide for allregulatory approval information and regulatory notices associated with the fax functionality and thatdevice.

ENWW Telecom statement 259

Declaration of conformityDeclaration of Conformityaccording to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014Manufacturer's Name: Hewlett-Packard CompanyManufacturer's Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard,

Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USAdeclares, that the product

Product Name: HP LaserJet M5025 / M5035 SeriesAccessories5): Q7549A – Optional Duplexer

Q7834A – Optional 1x500 Sheet CabinetQ7835A – Optional 3x500 Sheet CabinetQ7604A – Optional Stapler/StackerBOISB-0308-00 – Fax Module

Regulatory Model Number3): BOISB-0502-01Product Options: AllPrint Cartridge Q7570Aconforms to the following Product Specifications:

Safety: IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1: 2001IEC 60825-1:1993 +A1 +A2 / EN 60825-1:1994 +A11 +A2 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)GB4943-2001

EMC: CISPR22:1993 +A1 +A2 / EN 55022:1994 +A1 +A2 - Class A1, 4)

EN 61000-3-2:2000EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1EN 55024:1998 +A1 +A2FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class A2) / ICES-003, Issue 4

TELECOM: TBR-21:1998; EG 201 121:1998

Supplementary Information:

The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, the R&TTEDirective 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE-Marking accordingly.

1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems.

2) This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) this device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

3) For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not be confused with the product nameor the product number(s).

4) The product meets the requirements of EN55022 & CNS13438 Class A in which case the following applies: “Warning – This is a class Aproduct. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequatemeasures”.

5) All worldwide modular approvals for analog fax accessory obtained by Hewlett-Packard under the regulatory model number BOISB-0308-00incorporate the Multi-Tech Systems MT5634SMI Socket Modem Module.

Boise, Idaho , USA

11 May, 2006

For regulatory topics only:

Australia Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd., 31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130, Australia

European Contact: Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE / StandardsEurope, Herrenberger Strasse 140, , D-71034, Böblingen, (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)

USA Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, ID 83707-0015, , (Phone:208-396-6000)

260 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW

Safety statementsLaser safetyThe Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration hasimplemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance ismandatory for products marketed in the United States. The device is certified as a “Class 1” laser productunder the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standardaccording to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside thedevice is completely confined within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannotescape during any phase of normal user operation.

WARNING! Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than thosespecified in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation.

Canadian DOC regulationsComplies with Canadian EMC Class A requirements.

« Conforme à la classe A des normes canadiennes de compatibilité électromagnétiques. « CEM ». »

VCCI statement (Japan)

Power cord statement (Japan)

EMI statement (Korea)

ENWW Safety statements 261

EMI statement (Taiwan)

Laser statement for FinlandLuokan 1 laserlaite

Klass 1 Laser Apparat

HP LaserJet M5025, M5035x, M5035X, M5035XS, laserkirjoitin on käyttäjän kannalta turvallinen luokan1 laserlaite. Normaalissa käytössä kirjoittimen suojakotelointi estää lasersäteen pääsyn laitteenulkopuolelle. Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on määritetty standardin EN 60825-1 (1994) mukaisesti.

VAROITUS !

Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjänturvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.

VARNING !

Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren utsättas förosynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.

HUOLTO

HP LaserJet M5025, M5035, M5035X, M5035XS - kirjoittimen sisällä ei ole käyttäjän huollettavissaolevia kohteita. Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkilö.Tällaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota väriainekasetin vaihtamista, paperiradan puhdistusta taimuita käyttäjän käsikirjassa lueteltuja, käyttäjän tehtäväksi tarkoitettuja ylläpitotoimia, jotka voidaansuorittaa ilman erikoistyökaluja.

VARO !

Mikäli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan, olet alttiina näkymättömällelasersäteilylle laitteen ollessatoiminnassa. Älä katso säteeseen.

VARNING !

Om laserprinterns skyddshölje öppnas då apparaten är i funktion, utsättas användaren för osynliglaserstrålning. Betrakta ej strålen. Tiedot laitteessa käytettävän laserdiodin säteilyominaisuuksista:Aallonpituus 775-795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser.

262 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW

E Working with memory and print servercards

This section explains the memory features of the printer and provides steps for expansion.

● Overview

● Installing printer memory

● Check DIMM installation

● Save resources (permanent resources)

● Enable memory for Windows

● Using HP Jetdirect print server cards

ENWW 263

OverviewOne dual inline memory module (DIMM) slot is available for upgrading the device memory. DIMMs areavailable in 32, 48, 64, 128, and 512 MB.

For ordering information, see Order parts, accessories, and supplies

NOTE Single inline memory modules (SIMMs) used in previous HP LaserJet printers are notcompatible with the printer.

The printer also has one EIO slot for expanding the printer networking capabilities. The EIO slot can beused to upgrade the printer with an additional network connection, such as a wireless print server,network card, or a connectivity card for a serial or AppleTalk connection.

NOTE The HP LaserJet M5025 MFP and the HP LaserJet M5035 Series MFP come with anetwork device already installed. The EIO slot may be used to provide networking capabilities inaddition to those already built into the printer.

To find out how much memory is installed in the printer, or to find out what is installed in the EIO slot,print a configuration page. See Use information pages.

264 Appendix E Working with memory and print server cards ENWW

Installing printer memoryYou might want to add more printer memory to the printer if you often print complex graphics, printPostScript (PS) documents, or use many downloaded fonts. Added memory also gives you moreflexibility in supporting job-storage features, such as quick copying.

To install printer memory

CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs. When handling DIMMs, either wear anantistatic wrist strap or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package, then touchbare metal on the printer.

The HP LaserJet M5025 MFP and HP LaserJet M5035 Series MFP MFPs come with one DIMM slot. Ifdesired, you can replace a DIMM installed in the slot with a higher memory DIMM.

If you have not already done so, print a configuration page to find out how much memory is installed inthe printer before adding more memory. See Use information pages.

1. Turn off the device, and disconnect all of the cables.

2. At the back of the device, remove the formatter cover.

ENWW Installing printer memory 265

3. Open the formatter door.

4. Remove the DIMM from the antistatic package.

CAUTION To reduce the possibility of damage caused by static electricity, always wearan electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap or touch the surface of the antistatic packagebefore handling DIMMs.

266 Appendix E Working with memory and print server cards ENWW

5. Hold the DIMM by the edges, and align the notches on the DIMM with the DIMM slot. (Check thatthe locks on each side of the DIMM slot are open.)

6. Press the DIMM straight into the slot, and press firmly. Make sure the locks on each side of theDIMM snap into place.

NOTE To remove a DIMM, first release the locks.

7. Close the formatter door.

ENWW Installing printer memory 267

8. Replace the formatter cover.

9. Reconnect the cables, and then turn on the device.

Check DIMM installationAfter installing the DIMM, make sure that the installation was successful.

Verify that DIMM is installed correctly

1. Turn the device on. Check that the Ready light is illuminated after the device has gone through thestartup sequence. If an error message appears, a DIMM might have been incorrectly installed.See Control-panel messages.

2. Print a configuration page (see Use information pages).

3. Check the memory section on the configuration page and compare it to the configuration page thatwas printed before the memory installation. If the amount of memory has not increased, the DIMMmight not be installed correctly, or the DIMM might be defective. Repeat the installation procedure.If necessary, install a different DIMM.

NOTE If you installed a device language (personality), check the "Installed Personalities andOptions" section on the configuration page. This area should list the new device language.

268 Appendix E Working with memory and print server cards ENWW

Save resources (permanent resources)Utilities or jobs that you download to the device sometimes include resources (for example, fonts,macros, or patterns). Resources that are internally marked as permanent remain in the device memoryuntil you turn the device power off.

Use the following guidelines if you use the page description language (PDL) ability to mark resourcesas permanent. For technical details, see an appropriate PDL reference for PCL or PS.

● Mark resources as permanent only when it is absolutely necessary that they remain in memorywhile the device power is turned on.

● Send permanent resources to the device only at the beginning of a print job and not while the deviceis printing.

NOTE Overusing permanent resources or downloading them while the device is printing mightaffect device performance or the ability to print complex pages.

Enable memory for Windows1. On the Start menu, Settings, and Printers or Printers and Faxes.

2. Select this device and select Properties.

3. On the Configure tab, click More.

4. In the Total Memory field, type or select the total amount of memory that is now installed.

5. Click OK.

6. Go to Check DIMM installation.

ENWW Save resources (permanent resources) 269

Using HP Jetdirect print server cardsFollow these procedures to install or remove an EIO card.

Install an HP Jetdirect print server card1. Turn off the device.

2. Remove the two screws and cover plate from the EIO slot on the back of the device.

NOTE Do not discard the screws or the cover plate. Save them for future use if you removethe EIO card.

3. Install the EIO card in the EIO slot and tighten the screws.

270 Appendix E Working with memory and print server cards ENWW

4. Connect the network cable to the EIO card.

5. Turn on the device, and then print a configuration page to verify that the new EIO device isrecognized. See Use information pages.

NOTE When you print a configuration page, an HP Jetdirect configuration page that containsnetwork configuration and status information also prints.

Remove an HP Jetdirect print server card1. Turn off the device.

2. Disconnect the network cable from the EIO card.

3. Loosen the two screws from the EIO card, and then remove the EIO card from the EIO slot.

4. Place the cover plate from the EIO slot onto the back of the device. Insert and tighten the twoscrews.

5. Turn on the device.

ENWW Using HP Jetdirect print server cards 271

272 Appendix E Working with memory and print server cards ENWW

Glossary

bidirectional communication Two-way data transmission.

bin A receptacle for holding printed pages.

BOOTP Abbreviation for “Bootstrap Protocol,” an Internet protocol that a computer uses to find its IP address.

calibration The process in which the printer makes internal adjustments to produce the best print quality.

chooser A Macintosh accessory that you use to select a device.

control panel The area on the printer that contains buttons and a display screen. Use the control panel to setprinter settings and to get information about the printer status.

default The normal or standard setting for hardware or software.

DHCP Abbreviation for “dynamic host configuration protocol.” Individual computers or peripherals that areconnected to a network use DHCP to find their own configuration information, including the IP address.

DIMM Abbreviation for “dual inline memory module.” A small circuit board that holds memory chips.

duplex A feature that accommodates printing on both sides of a sheet of paper. Also called “two-sided printing.”

EIO Abbreviation for “enhanced input/output.” A hardware interface that is used to add a print server, networkadaptor, hard disk, or other plug-in item for HP printers.

Emulated PostScript Software that emulates Adobe PostScript, a programming language that describes theappearance of the printed page. This printer language appears as “PS” in many menus.

firmware Programming instructions that are stored in a read-only memory unit inside the printer.

font A complete set of letters, numerals, and symbols in a typeface.

fuser The assembly that uses heat to fuse the toner onto the print media.

grayscale Various shades of gray.

halftone pattern A halftone pattern uses differing sizes of ink dots to produce a continuous-tone image such asa photograph.

HP Easy Printer Care software Software that provides the ability to track and maintain printers from yourcomputer desktop.

HP Jetdirect An HP product for network printing.

HP Web Jetadmin An HP-trademarked Web-based printer control software that you can use on a computer tomanage any peripheral that is connected to an HP Jetdirect print server.

I/O Abbreviation for “input/output,” refers to computer-port settings.

ENWW Glossary 273

IP address The unique number assigned to a computer device that is connected to a network.

IPX/SPX Abbreviation for “internetwork packet exchange/sequenced packet exchange.”

media The paper, labels, transparencies, or other material on which the printer prints the image.

memory tag A memory partition that has a specific address.

monochrome Black and white. Devoid of color.

network A system of computers interconnected by telephone wires or other means in order to share information.

network administrator A person who manages a network.

page buffer Temporary printer memory used to hold page data while the printer creates an image of the page.

PCL Abbreviation for “Printer Control Language.”

peripheral An auxiliary device, such as a printer, modem, or storage system, that works in conjunction with acomputer.

personality Distinctive features or characteristics of a printer or printer language.

pixel Abbreviation for “picture element,” the smallest unit of area in an image displayed on a screen.

PJL Abbreviation for “printer job language.”

PostScript A trademarked page-description language.

PPD Abbreviation for “PostScript printer description.”

printer driver A software program that a computer uses to gain access to printer features.

RAM Abbreviation for “random access memory,” a type of computer memory that stores data that can change.

raster image An image composed of dots.

render The process of producing text or graphics.

ROM Abbreviation for “read-only memory,” a type of computer memory that stores data that should not change.

supplies Materials that the printer uses and that must be replaced. The supply item for this printer is the printcartridge.

TCP/IP An internet protocol that has become the global standard for communications.

toner The fine black or colored powder that forms the image on the printed media.

transfer unit The black plastic belt that transports media inside the printer and transfers toner from the printcartridge onto the media.

tray The receptacle that holds blank media.

274 Glossary ENWW

Index

Symbols/Numerics500-sheet trays

insert or close errormessage 184

unexpected size or type errormessage 179

500–sheet tray. See tray 3

AA4 paper settings 46access denied message 183accessibility features 4accessories

included 2, 3ordering 236part numbers 237

acoustic specifications 252activity log, fax 145address book, e-mail

deleting addresses 132address books, e-mail

adding addresses 132clearing 54recipient lists 131

address books, e-mailauto-complete function 130LDAP server errors 184LDAP support 126recipient lists, creating 131

address, deviceMacintosh, problem-

solving 229ADF

cleaning 163error messages 183jams 190loading 81locating 5, 6, 7maintenance kit 160

media supported 71sizes supported 129

adhesive labelsloading 78specifications 64, 69

Administration menu, controlpanel 21

Alert Settings window, HPToolbox 148

alerts, e-mail 146, 154alignment settings, trays 48anticounterfeit supplies 156AppleTalk setting 60AppleTalk settings 35Attention light

locating 18authorized dealers 244autoconfiguration, drivers 10automatic document feeder. See

ADFautomatic document feeder (ADF)

jams 190automatic two-sided printing path

copying documents 119

Bbatteries included 257billing codes report, fax 145bin, output

jams, clearing 195bins

default settings 28full, error messages 185included 2locating 5, 6, 7

bins, outputpaper curl, problem-

solving 174blank copies, problem-

solving 226

blank pagesprinting 104problem-solving 175

bleeds, printing 84blocked fax list, printing 145blurred print, problem-

solving 218Bonjour Settings 154books

copying 122both sides, copying

default settings 23both sides, printing on

blank pages defaultsettings 45

default settings 28error messages 183loading paper 111Macintosh settings 154problem-solving 175

browsers supported, HPToolbox 15

buffer overflow errors 179buttons, control panel

locating 18sounds, settings 44touchscreen 20

Ccalibrating scanner 50, 165call report, fax 145Canadian DOC regulations 261canceling

copy jobs 124printing 112

card stockloading 78specifications 65, 69

cartridgesaccessing 5, 6, 7

ENWW Index 275

authentication 156features 4genuine HP 155jams, clearing 198management menu 31non-HP 155ordering through embedded

Web server 151part numbers 237recycling 256replacement intervals 155replacing 157status, viewing with HP

Toolbox 148storage 155warranty 243

cartridges, printerror messages 184

characters, misformed 215chosen personality not

available 183cleaning

ADF 163auto, settings 49exterior 161lid backing 162paper path 164scanner glass 161

clockerror message 178

collating copies 118colored paper, printing on 66configuration page

Information menu 22Macintosh 154printing 144

contacting HP 244control panel

access denied 183Administration menu 21buttons 18cleaning page, printing 164copy-screen 114Default Job Options menu 23default settings 44Device Behavior menu 44E-mail Setup menu 43e-mail screen 128Fax Setup menu 40help 20

Home screen 19Information menu 22Initial Setup menu 32key press sounds, default

settings 44lights 18locating 5, 6, 7Management menu 31messages, alphabetical

list 178messages, numerical

list 178messages, types of 177Print Quality menu 48Resets menu 54Send Setup menu 43Service menu 54settings 11stapler settings 93test 53Time/Scheduling menu 29touchscreen buttons 20Troubleshooting menu 50

copyingbooks 122canceling 124collating 118control-panel navigation 114default settings 23, 24error messages 186features 3, 113interrupting jobs 46Job Mode 123loading ADF 81media, problem-solving 224multiple originals 123photos 122problem-solving 226problems, preventing 223quality, problem-solving 223size, problem-solving 226stapling 93two-sided documents 119using scanner glass 79

counterfeit supplies 156Courier font settings 46Courier font, problem-solving 233cover pages 104, 110creased paper, problem-

solving 216

crooked pages 215curled paper, problem-

solving 216, 224curly paper, problem-solving 174custom-size paper

default settings 28driver settings 104printing on 85

customer supportembedded Web server

links 151HP Printer Utility pages 154Linux 232online 244repacking device 246

Ddark copying 224Data light

locating 18date, setting 29Default Job Options menu 23default settings

copy 24Device Behavior menu 44e-mail 26fax 25originals 23print 28Resets menu 54Send to Folder 27

densityproblem-solving 210settings 49, 154

Device Behavior menu 44Device List, HP Toolbox 148Device Status, HP Toolbox 148diagnostics

component 52control panel 53networks 35paper path 50print-stop test 53sensors 52

digital faxing 141digital sending

about 125, 129address books 131, 132configuring e-mail 126control-panel settings 128

276 Index ENWW

default settings 27error messages 183, 184,

185, 186folders 134gateways, finding 127job settings 133LDAP support 126loading documents 129recipient lists 131sending documents 130Setup menu 43SMTP support 126validating gateway

addresses 227workflow 134

DIMMserror messages 180installing 265part numbers 237types available 264verifying installation 268

diskEIO slots 264installing 270removing 271

disposal, end-of-life 257DLC/LLC settings 35document feeder

copying two-sideddocuments 119

document feeder kit,replacing 160

dots, problem-solving 211, 217, 224

double-sided copyingdefault settings 23

double-sided printingblank pages, default

settings 45default settings 28error messages 183loading paper 111Macintosh settings 154problem-solving 175

downloading software 9dpi, settings 48, 154drivers

included 3Macintosh features 109Macintosh settings 109

Macintosh, problem-solving 229

operating systemssupported 9

preconfiguration 11presets (Macintosh) 109quick sets (Windows) 102selecting 10Services tab 108settings 11, 12universal 10Update Now 11Windows features 102Windows settings 102

dropouts, problem-solving 211duplex printing accessory

error messages 183duplexer

jams, clearing 197locating 6, 7Macintosh settings 111, 154media supported 70models including 2, 3paper path test 52part number 237problem-solving 175Windows settings 106

duplexingblank pages, default

settings 45copying documents 119default settings 28

Ee-mail

default settings 26e-mail alerts 146, 154E-mail Setup menu 43Easy Printer Care software 15,

147Economode 49EIO accessory

settings 32EIO cards

buffer overflow 179errors 182installing 270part numbers 238removing 271slots 264

electrical specifications 251embedded Web server 14, 149end-of-life disposal 257energy specifications 251Energy Star compliance 4enlarging documents 103envelopes

loading 78specifications 64, 69storing 72wrinkled, problem-solving 216

environment for deviceproblem-solving 208

environment for printerspecifications 252

environmental stewardshipprogram 255

EPS files, problem-solving 230Error button, control panel

touchscreen 20error messages

Alert Settings, HPToolbox 148

alphabetical list 178default settings 44e-mail alerts 146, 154event log 50numerical list 178types of 177

Ethernet cards, partnumbers 238

European Union, wastedisposal 257

event log 50extended warranty 247e-mail

about 125, 129address books 131, 132auto-complete function 130configuring 126control-panel settings 128error messages 183, 184,

185, 186gateways, finding 127job settings 133LDAP errors 184LDAP support 126loading documents 129recipient lists 131sending documents 130

ENWW Index 277

SMTP support 126validating gateway

addresses 227

FFastRes 3fax accessory

connecting phone line 140connection, locating 8default settings 25installing 136models including 3printing schedule 30settings 50user guide 135

Fax Activity Logclearing 54

fax reports, printing 22, 50, 145Fax Setup menu 40faxing, digital 141FCC regulations 254features 2, 3feeding problems, media 225file directory, printing 144File Upload, Macintosh 154Find Other Printers window, HP

Toolbox 148Finnish laser safety

statement 262Firmware Update, Macintosh 154first page

blank 104use different paper 104, 110

foldersdefault settings 27error messages 184sending to 134

fontsCourier settings 46EPS files, problem-

solving 230included 3list, printing 22, 145permanent resources 269problem-solving 233Upload Macintosh 154

foreign interface harness (FIH) 8fraud hotline 156FTP, sending to 134full-bleed images 84

fusererror messages 180modes 48paper wrapping errors 178replacing 160warranty 243

fuser modes 67

Ggateways

configuring 126error messages 183finding 127testing 127validating addresses 227

General Protection FaultExceptionOE 228

glasscleaning 161sizes supported 129

glossary 273glossy paper

loading 78graphical display, control

panel 18gray background, problem-

solving 212

Hheartbeat LED

locating 8heavy paper

loading 78specifications 65, 69

held jobs 96help 3Help button, control panel

touchscreen 20help, control panel 20Home button, control panel

touchscreen 20Home screen, control panel 19HP Customer Care 244HP Driver Preconfiguration 11HP Easy Printer Care

software 15, 147HP fraud hotline 156HP Instant Support Professional

Edition (ISPE) 244

HP Jetdirect print serverconfiguring 60error messages 183installing 270models including 2part numbers 238removing 271settings 32

HP LaserJet Tough paper 66HP media, ordering 238HP Printer Utility 153, 154HP Printer Utility, Macintosh 13,

153HP SupportPack 247HP Toolbox

browsers supported 15opening 147options 148

HP Universal Print Driver 10HP Web Jetadmin 14, 152HP-Authorized Dealers 244humidity

problem-solving 208specifications 252

II/O configuration

network configuration 57settings 32

Illegal Operation errors 228image defects, problem-

solving 208image quality

copy, improving 223copy, problem-solving 223settings 48

image reptition, problem-solving 219

inactivity timeout 44Information menu 22information pages 144Information tab, embedded Web

server 150Initial Setup menu 32input trays. See traysinsert tray error messages 184install cartridge error

message 184installers, Windows 15

278 Index ENWW

installingEIO cards 270fax accessory 136memory (DIMMs) 265

Instant Support ProfessionalEdition (ISPE) 244

insufficient memory 179, 184internal clock errors 178Internet fax 141IP address

Macintosh, problem-solving 229

IPX/SPX setting 35, 59

Jjams

access door, locating 5, 6, 7ADF, clearing 190common causes of 187duplexer, clearing 197e-mail alerts 146frequent 204locations 188output-bin, clearing 195print quality after 208print-cartridge area,

clearing 198recovery 189recovery settings 44trays, clearing 200

Japanese VCCI statement 261Jetadmin, HP Web 14, 152Jetdirect print server

configuring 60error messages 183installing 270models including 2part numbers 238removing 271settings 32

Job Mode, copying 123job storage

accessing 95features 95private 97proof and hold 96QuickCopy 98settings 31stored 99

jobsMacintosh settings 154

Kkeys, control panel

locating 18sounds, settings 44touchscreen 20

Korean EMI statement 261

Llabels

loading 78specifications 64, 69

LAN fax 141language

default, setting 44language, printer

default settings 46laser safety statements 261, 262LDAP servers

connecting to 126error messages 184validating gateway

addresses 227LEDs

locating 8legal paper

clipped margins 233letterhead

loading 78lid, cleaning 162light copying 224light print

problem-solving 210lights

control panel 18lines, problem-solving

copies 224link speed settings 38Linux drivers 9, 232loading

ADF 81custom-size media 85custom-sized media 85documents, sizes

supported 129error messages 184originals on scanner glass 79rotated media 83

scanner glass 129sizes supported 129special media 78staples 91tray 1 73tray 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 76unexpected size or type error

message 179Lock Resources, Macintosh 154loose toner, problem-solving 213

MMacintosh

AppleTalk settings 35driver features 109driver settings 12, 109drivers supported 9, 10drivers, problem-solving 229HP Printer Utility 153problems, solving 229removing software 13software 13software components 15support 245supported operating

systems 9USB card, problem-

solving 230mailing labels

loading 78specifications 64, 69

maintenance agreements 246maintenance kit

using 160maintenance kits

part numbers 237Management menu 31margins

custom-sized media 85full-bleed images, printing 84legal paper, problem-

solving 233registration, setting 48

material restrictions 257Material Safety Data Sheet

(MSDS) 258media

A4 settings 46colored paper 66curled 174, 216, 224

ENWW Index 279

custom-size 85, 104default size 46default size, selecting 28document size, selecting 103envelopes 64first page 104, 110fuser modes 48, 67guidelines 62HP LaserJet Tough paper 66HP, ordering 238labels 64legal, clipped margins 233letterhead 65loading tray 1 73loading tray 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 76pages per sheet 105, 110preprinted 65problem-solving 208, 224problem-solving trays 174recycled paper 66rotated, printing on 83size-sensing, automatic 68sizes supported 69skewed 215special, loading 78specifications 63, 68stapler support 90storing 72vellum 66wrinkled 216

media jams. See jamsmemory

autoconfiguration 10DIMM error messages 180included 2, 13installing DIMMs 265insufficient 179, 184part numbers 237permanent resources 269permanent storage error

messages 182supply errors 178upgrading 264verifying installation 268

Menu button 18menu map

Information menu 22printing 144

menus, control panelaccess denied 183

Administration 21Default Job Options 23Device Behavior 44E-mail Setup 43Fax Setup 40Information 22Initial Setup 32Management 31Print Quality 48Resets 54Send Setup 43Service 54Time/Scheduling 29Troubleshooting 50

mercury-free product 257messages

Alert Settings, HPToolbox 148

alphabetical list 178default settings 44e-mail alerts 146, 154event log 50numerical list 178types of 177

misformed characters, problem-solving 215

multifeeds 225multiple pages per sheet 105,

110multipurpose tray. See tray 1

Nn-up printing 105, 110Network Folder, scan to 134Networking tab, embedded Web

server 150networks

AppleTalk settings 35configuring 57configuring gateway

addresses 126connection, locating 8default gateway 58diagnostics 35disabling DLC/LLC 60disabling protocols 59DLC/LLC settings 35finding SMTP gateways 127HP Jetdirect print server error

messages 183

HP Jetdirect print servers,models including 2

HP Web Jetadmin 152IP address 57IPX/SPX settings 35link speed settings 38Macintosh settings 154problem-solving printing 220protocol configuration page,

printing 39security 35SMTP servers 126subnet mask 58TCP/IP parameters 57TCP/IP settings 32testing SMTP settings 127validating gateway

addresses 227next-day on-site service 246noise specifications 252non-HP supplies 155not responding, problem-

solving 176Novell login required 184number of copies

default settings 24NVRAM errors 182

Oon-site service agreements 246on/off switch, locating 5, 6, 7online help, control panel 20online support 244operating environment

specifications 252operating systems supported 9Optimize print quality 48ordering

media, HP 238part numbers for 237supplies and accessories 236supplies through embedded

Web server 151supplies with HP Toolbox 148

orientation, pageImage Rotation 45rotated media 83

output binsfull, error messages 185

280 Index ENWW

output qualitycopy, improving 223copy, problem-solving 223settings 48

overhead transparenciesloading 78specifications 65, 69

Ppackaging device 246page orientation

Image Rotation 45rotated media 83

pages per minute 2pages per sheet 105, 110paper

A4 settings 46colored 66curled 174, 216, 224custom-size 85, 104default size 46default size, selecting 28document size, selecting 103first page 104, 110fuser modes 48, 67guidelines 62HP LaserJet Tough 66HP, ordering 238legal, clipped margins 233letterhead 65loading ADF 81loading tray 1 73loading tray 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 76pages per sheet 105, 110problem-solving 208, 224problem-solving trays 174recycled 66rotated, printing on 83size-sensing, automatic 68sizes supported 69skewed 215special media, loading 78specifications 63, 68stapler support 90storing 72vellum 66wrinkled 216

paper input trays. See trayspaper jams. See jams

paper pathcleaning 164tests 50

part numbersaccessories 237cables 238EIO cards 238maintenance kits 237media, HP 238memory 237print cartridges 237staples 237

pausing a print request 112PCL drivers

default settings 46operating systems

supported 9selecting 10universal 10

PDF error pages 46perform printer maintenance

message 160permanent resources 269permanent storage errors 182personality

default settings 46phone line, connecting fax

accessory 140photos

copying 122loading 129

physical specifications 250PINs, private jobs 97ports

included 2locating 8problem-solving

Macintosh 230supported 4

PostScriptproblem-solving 233

PostScript Printer Description(PPD) files

included 13power specifications 251power switch, locating 5, 6, 7PPDs

included 13preconfiguration, driver 11

preprinted paperloading 78

presets (Macintosh) 109preventive maintenance kit

using 160print cartridges

accessing 5, 6, 7authentication 156error messages 184features 4genuine HP 155jams, clearing 198management menu 31non-HP 155ordering through embedded

Web server 151part numbers 237recycling 256replacement intervals 155replacing 157status, viewing with HP

Toolbox 148storage 155warranty 243

Print Document On 103print jobs

default settings 28print quality

blurred 218dropouts 211environment 208gray background 212image defects 208jams, after 208light print 210lines 212loose toner 213media 208misformed characters 215repeating defects 214repetitive images 219scattered lines 218smeared toner 213specks 211tire tracks 217troubleshooting 208white lines 217white spots 217

Print Quality menu, controlpanel 48

ENWW Index 281

print-stop test 53printer drivers. See driversprinter maintenance kit

using 160printing system software 9priority, settings 11private jobs 97problem-solving

blank pages 175blurred print 218copy quality 223copy size 226copying 223, 226curled paper 174, 216dropouts 211duplexing 175e-mail alerts 146, 154environment 208EPS files 230Error button, control panel

touchscreen 20event log 50fonts 233gateway addresses 227gray background 212image defects 208legal paper 233light print 210lines 212, 217lines, copies 224Linux 232Macintosh issues 229media 208, 224messages, types of 177network printing 220networks 35PostScript problems 233printing 176repeating defects 214repetitive images 219scattered lines 218skewed pages 215slow printing 174smeared toner 213specks 211text 175text quality 215, 218tire tracks 217trays 174Troubleshooting menu 50

white spots 217Windows issues 228wrinkled paper 216

processor speed 3proof and hold jobs 96ProRes 3protocol configuration page,

printing 39PS emulation driver

default settings 46selecting 10

PS error pagesdefault settings 46

Qquality

copy, improving 223copy, problem-solving 223settings 48

quick sets 102

RReady light

locating 18recipient lists 131recovery, jam 189recycled paper 66recycling 256reducing documents 103registration, tray alignment 48removing Macintosh software 13repacking device 246repeating defects, problem-

solving 214, 219replacing

maintenance kits 160replacing printing cartridges 157reset button 18Resets menu, control panel 54resizing documents 103resolution

features 3settings 48, 154troubleshooting quality 208

Resolution Enhancementtechnology (REt) 49, 154

resource saving 269REt (Resolution Enhancement

technology 49

REt (Resolution Enhancementtechnology) 154

retention, jobaccessing 95features 95private 97proof and hold 96QuickCopy 98stored 99

rollersmaintenance kit, included 160

rotated pagesdefault settings 45

Ssafety statements 261, 262saving resources, memory 269scaling documents 103scanner calibration 50, 165scanner glass

cleaning 161copying from 79

scanner lid backing, cleaning 162scanning

default settings 23loading ADF 81no-wait 46

scanning e-mailvalidating gateway

addresses 227scanning to e-mail

default settings 26scanning to e-mail

about 125, 129address books 131, 132configuring 126control-panel settings 128error messages 183, 184,

185, 186gateways, finding 127job settings 133LDAP support 126loading documents 129recipient lists 131sending documents 130SMTP support 126

scanning to folder 134scanning to workflow 134security

settings 35

282 Index ENWW

Send Setup menu 43Send to Folder 134Send to Workflow 134sending to e-mail

default settings 26sending to e-mail

about 125, 126, 129address books 131, 132error messages 183, 184,

185, 186gateways, finding 127job settings 133LDAP support 126loading documents 129recipient lists 131sending documents 130settings 128SMTP support 126validating gateway

addresses 227sensors, testing 52serial buffer overflow 179service

HP-Authorized Dealers 244repacking device 246

service agreements 246Service menu, control panel 54Services tab 108settings

Default Job Options menu 23driver presets

(Macintosh) 109drivers 12priority 11quick sets (Windows) 102

Settings tab, embedded Webserver 150

shipping device 246SIMMs, incompatibility 264size, copy

problem-solving 226size, media

A4 settings 46automatic sensing 68custom, printing on 85default settings 46default, selecting 28unexpected, error

message 179

sizes, mediaselecting trays 88

skewed pages 215Sleep button 18Sleep mode

power specifications 251settings 29, 31

slow printing, problem-solving 174

smeared toner, problem-solving 213

SMTP gatewayserror messages 185

SMTP serversconfiguring gateway

address 126connecting to 126finding gateways 127gateways, finding 127testing 127validating gateway

addresses 227software

embedded Web server 14HP Easy Printer Care 15HP Printer Utility 153HP Toolbox 147HP Web Jetadmin 14Macintosh 13, 15settings 11supported operating

systems 9uninstalling Macintosh 13Web sites 9Windows 15

specificationsacoustic 252electrical 251envelopes 64features 3media 68operating environment 252paper 63physical 250trays, media supported 69

specks, problem-solving 211, 217

speedpages per minute 2

problem-solving 174troubleshooting 168

speed dial list, printing 145Spool32 errors 228spots, problem-solving 211, 217staple cartridges

empty, stop or continuesettings 94

loading 91stapler

default settings 24, 45empty, stop or continue

settings 94loading staples 91locating 7media supported 70models including 2paper sizes supported 90using 93

staplespart numbers 237

stapling jobs 93Start button 18Start button, control panel

touchscreen 20status

e-mail alerts 146embedded Web server 150Home screen, control

panel 19HP Printer Utility,

Macintosh 154HP Toolbox software 148messages, types of 177

Status button 18Stop button 18Stop button, control panel

touchscreen 20stopping a print request 112storage, job

accessing 95features 95Macintosh settings 154private 97proof and hold 96QuickCopy 98settings 31stored 99

stored jobs 99

ENWW Index 283

storingenvelopes 72paper 72print cartridges 155

streaks, problem-solving 224subnet mask 58supplies

authentication 156counterfeit 156e-mail alerts 146features 4management menu 31memory errors 178non-HP 155ordering 236ordering through embedded

Web server 151ordering with HP Toolbox 148recycling 256replacement intervals 155replacing print cartridges 157Resets menu 54status page, printing 144status, viewing with embedded

Web server 150status, viewing with HP Printer

Utility 154status, viewing with HP

Toolbox 148support

embedded Web serverlinks 151

HP Printer Utility pages 154Linux 232online 244repacking device 246

Support tab, HP Toolbox 148SupportPack, HP 247

TTaiwan EMI statement 262TCP/IP settings 32technical support

Linux 232online 244repacking device 246

temperature specifications 252tests

component 52control panel 53

networks 35paper path 50print-stop 53sensors 52

text, problem-solvingblurred 218blurry 224dropouts 211garbled 175misformed characters 215

time, setting 29Time/Scheduling menu, control

panel 29timeout settings 32, 44tire tracks, problem-solving 217toner

adhesion problems,solving 224

density setting 154Economode 49loose, problem-solving 213smeared, problem-

solving 213Toolbox. See HP Toolboxtough paper 66transfer unit warranty 243transparencies

HP, ordering 240loading 78specifications 65, 69

tray 1custom-size media, printing

on 85insert or close error

message 184jams, clearing 200load error message 184loading paper 73loading special media 78locating 5, 6, 7media supported 69models including 2printing from 75problem-solving 174rotated media, printing on 83unexpected size or type error

message 179tray 2

custom-size media, printingon 85

jams, clearing 200loading 76locating 5, 6, 7media size-sensing,

automatic 68media supported 69models including 2problem-solving 174rotated media, printing on 83

tray 3custom-sized media, printing

on 85jams, clearing 200loading 76locating 5, 6, 7media size-sensing,

automatic 68media supported 70models including 2problem-solving 174

tray 4custom-sized media, printing

on 85loading 76media size-sensing,

automatic 68media supported 70models including 2

tray 5custom-sized media, printing

on 85loading 76locating 7media size-sensing,

automatic 68media supported 70models including 2

tray 6custom-sized media, printing

on 85loading 76locating 7media size-sensing,

automatic 68media supported 70models including 2

traysdefault settings 45double-sided printing 107,

111

284 Index ENWW

feeding problems, solving 225included 2insert or close error

message 184jams, clearing 200loading paper 73locating 5, 6, 7Macintosh settings 154media size-sensing,

automatic 68media supported 69paper path tests 51problem-solving 174registration, setting 48status, viewing with HP

Toolbox 148unexpected size or type error

message 179troubleshooting

Alert Settings window, HPToolbox 148

checklist 168control panel messages,

numerical 178error messages, alphabetical

list 178error messages, numerical

list 178gateway addresses 227jams 188, 204output quality 208speed 168

Troubleshooting menu, controlpanel 50

two-sided copyingdefault settings 23

two-sided printingblank pages, default

settings 45default settings 28error messages 183loading paper 111Macintosh settings 154problem-solving 175

types, mediaselecting trays by 88

Uunexpected size or type error

messages 179

uninstalling Macintoshsoftware 13

universal print driver 10Update Now feature, drivers 11upgrading memory 264upper-right door, locating 5, 6, 7usage page, printing 144USB cable, part number 238USB configuration 56USB port

locating 8problem-solving

Macintosh 230supported 4

Use Different Paper/Covers 104

Vvalidating gateway

addresses 227vellum 66vertical white or faded

stripes 223voltage specifications 251

Wwake time, setting 29Warning button, control panel

touchscreen 20warranty

Customer self repair 242extended 247print cartridge 243product 241transfer unit and fuser 243

watermarks 103wavy paper, problem-

solving 174, 216Web sites

customer support 244fraud reports 156HP Easy Printer Care 15HP Web Jetadmin,

downloading 152Linux support 232Macintosh customer

support 245Material Safety Data Sheet

(MSDS) 258ordering supplies 236paper specifications 63

software, downloading 9universal print driver 10

weekly on-site service 246white lines or spots, problem-

solving 217white or faded stripes 223Windows

driver features 102driver settings 12, 102drivers supported 9, 10problem-solving issues 228software components 15supported operating

systems 9universal print driver 10

Windows 2000 fax 141workflow, send to 134wrinkled paper, problem-

solving 216

ENWW Index 285

286 Index ENWW

© 2006 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.

www.hp.com

*Q7829-90925**Q7829-90925*Q7829-90925